ETC A2SHCPU

MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
130
Programmable
Logic
Controllers
1
MELSEC
AnS,
QnAS
130
130
X
6,5
93,6
130
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
STOP
POWER
RUN
LCLR
ERROR
RESET
RUN
RESET
MITSUBISHI
MITSUBISHI
0
1
OUTPUT
INPUT
3A
AC 100/110/120V DC5V
AC 200/220/240V
69,5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A 1SY80
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
ERR
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A 1SY80
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ERR
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A 1SY81
A 1SX81
A 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
8 B
9
A
B
C
D
E
A 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
2
3
34,5
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
COM
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
6,5
B
0
1 L
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
_
F
ERR
8 B
9
A
B
C
D
E
A
93,6
B
+
A 1SX80
A 1SCPU
A 1S62P
93,6
6,5
54,5
130
54,5
COM
DC
D
E
2/24V 3/7mA
NC
NC
A1SX81
DC12/24V 0.1A
A1SY81
F
PULL
Technical Catalogue
2000
Return
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
New Items in this Catalogue
Basic Components
cts
New Produ
03/00
The SLOT PLC A80BDE-A2USH-S1 adds a MELSEC CPU in the form of a
plug-in board for a personal computer to the CPUs of the AnS/QnAS series.
Communications and Special Functions Modules
The line of MELSECNET/10 modules is extended by the floating
master module AJ71QLR21 for coaxial connections.
The former MELSECNET/10 interface boards A7BDE-J71LP21 and
A7BDE-J71BR11 were replaced by the 4 newly developed boards
A70BDE-J71QLP23, A70BDE-J71QLP23GE, A70BDE-J71QLR23, and
A70BDE-J71QBR13.
For the AS interface the master module A1SJ71AS92 is provided for
the connection between the AnS/QnAS and the AS-I network.
Software
The graphical programming software IDR-BLOK for closed-loop
control systems is supplemented by the co-processor module
A1SD51S-IDR and the function modules IDR10F-STD and IDR10F-ADV
Further Publications within the PLC Range
L
ME
Technical
Catalogues
SE
C
nN
AA A
An Q n
U
An
EC
LS
ME
0S
FX N
0
FX N
2
FX
L
ME
SE
C
MA
DU
T
GO
C
AnU, QnA Series Technical Catalogue
Product catalogue for programmable logic controllers and
accessories for the MELSEC A and Q series (art no. 61747)
FX Series Technical Catalogue
Product catalogue for programmable logic controllers and
accessories for the MELSEC FX family (art. no. 68544)
HMI Technical Catalogue
Product catalogue for operator terminals, visualisation software
and accessories (art. no. 68542)
DIN ISO 9001 /
EN 29001
Zertifikat: 09 100 4371
About this product catalogue
This catalogue is periodically updated due to product range enlargement, technical changes or new or changed features. For actual information about updates, changes, news or even support matters please contact the MITSUBISHI MEL-FAX faxback system (fax: +49 2102 486-485
or -790 ) or have a look at the MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC web pages under www.mitsubishi-automation.com. Both media are nearly daily updated and available in two languages.
Texts, figures and diagrams shown in this product catalogue are intended exclusively for explanation and assistance in planning and ordering
the programmable logic controllers of the MELSEC series and the associated accessories. Only the manuals supplied with the units are relevant for installation, commissioning and handling of the units and the accessories. The information given in this documentation must be read
before installation and commissioning of the units or software.
Should questions arise with regard to the planning of devices described in this product catalogue, do not hesitate to contact MITSUBISHI
ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. in Ratingen (Germany) or one of its distributors (see cover page).
No parts of this product catalogue may be duplicated, stored in an information system or transmitted without prior express written permission
from MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
© MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. 03/2000 (7th edition)
2
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
CONTENTS
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
웇 Introduction of the MELSEC AnS series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
웇 Introduction of the MELSEC QnAS series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
웇 Structure and handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
웇 Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
AQ
BASICS
BASIC COMPONENTS
웇 Base units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
웇 Power supply modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
웇 CPU modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DIGITAL MODULES
웇 Input modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
웇 Output modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
웇 Analog modules, temperature control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
웇 Counter, timer and positioning modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
웇 Interface modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
웇 Communications modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
웇 Communications modules for ETHERNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
웇 Communications modules for MELSECNET/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
웇 Communications modules for MELSECNET (II). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
웇 Communications modules for MELSECNET/B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
웇 Communications modules for CC-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
웇 Communications modules for MELSEC I/O-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
웇 Communications modules for PROFIBUS/DP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
웇 Communications modules for DeviceNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
웇 Communications modules for AS Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
웇 Pulse catch and interrupt modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
ACCESSORIES
웇 Dummy modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
웇 Cables, converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
웇 Memory cassettes, adapter units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
웇 Battery, fuses, network accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
TERMINALS AND DIMENSIONS
웇 Terminal assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
웇 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS
PROGRAMMING
웇 Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
웇 Programming unit, EPROM writer, Cable for programming units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
웇 Teaching Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
APPENDIX
웇 Order form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
웇 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
3
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Series AnS
The MELSEC AnS Series
AQ
BASICS
Description
Special features
With the MELSEC AnS system, MITSUBISHI
ELECTRIC presents its most compact modular PLC, permitting access to the world of
network technology.
The small size and the communications
capability are two important characteristics of the MELSEC AnS. Its compactness
ensures that it occupies less space in the
switchgear cabinet and its diverse communication facilities guarantee flexibility and
openness. Expandable from 32 to 1024 inputs/outputs, this controller is particularly
suitable for performing small to medium
automation tasks, very fast automation
also being possible with the A2ASCPU.
The individual systems can be installed in a
local network (MELSECNET), enabling
them to communicate with one another.
The number of I/O points can thus be
increased several times over.
All CPU types can be combined freely with
one another.
The MELSEC AnS is a member of the
MELSEC PLC family, which offers compatibility across the range.
앬 expandable from 32 to 1024 inputs/
앬 easy installation
앬 individual adaptation to existing
output points
앬 interchangeable intelligence
앬 diverse communications facilities
systems
앬 innovative technology for future
applications
MELSEC A/QnA
MELSEC FX2N
1S62PN
MELSEC FX0N
MELSEC FX0S
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
In the AnS series, simply changing the CPU
ensures that the performance of the PLC
grows with the application. Thus, up to
1024 input/output addresses and up to
60 k program memories can be accessed.
The AnS CPUs all have a permanently
installed RAM of up to 256 kbyte in which,
among other things, the PLC program can
be saved. However, EPROM and EEPROM
memory cassettes are also available for
permanent storage.
In all CPU modules, the memory content is
protected by an integrated backup battery.
The MELSEC AnS offers tailor-made performance through seven different CPUs:
앬 A1SHCPU, the standard CPU with 256 I/O
points and a PLC program memory of
8 k steps
앬 A2SHCPU, the more powerful alternative with 512 I/O points and a PLC program memory of 14 k steps
앬 A2SHCPU-S1, the extended version of
the A2SHCPU with 1024 I/O points and
a PLC program memory of 30 k steps
앬 A2ASCPU, the most powerful CPU
for realizing extremely fast automation
tasks with 512 I/O points and a PLC program memory of 14 k steps
앬 A2ASCPU-S1, A2ASCPU-S30/-S60 the
extended alternative to the A2ASCPU for
up to 1024 I/O points and a PLC program memory of 14 k steps for the
A2ASCPU-S1 and 30 k or 60 k steps for
the A2ASCPU-S30 and A2ASCPU-S60.
tion, time-critical automation tasks can
also be performed. The A2ASCPU-S30
and A2ASCPU-S60 is thus intended for
very complex applications.
30
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
A1SH
Number of I/Os (x 100)
4
앬 With up to 0.15 µs per logical instruc-
60
Overview of the AnS series CPUs
Expandability and performance
A2SH
A2SH-S1
A2AS
A2AS-S1
Program memory size (k steps)
A2AS-S30 A2AS-S60
Cycle time
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Layout and Configuration
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Equipment Features
Owing to the modular concept, the AnS
series has a broad range of use with many
possible applications.
The following modules are available for
assembling the system:
To maximize the operational safety, all
modules are isolated from the environment by means of optocouplers.
All I/O modules with screw contacts have
their own removable terminal blocks
which ensures easy handling during
installation.
AQ
BASICS
Digital input/output modules
for various signal levels with triac,
relay or transistor switches
Pulse catch and interrupt
modules
Digital input modules for pulse storage
and for processing subroutines
DIGITAL
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
PULSE
CATCH/
INTERRUPT
MODULES
Communications modules
Interface modules with RS232/RS422/
RS485 interface for connection of
peripherals or for PLC-PLC coupling.
Network modules for Ethernet and Profibus and
for setting up MITSUBISHI networks. Master modules
for use of local analog or digital I/O modules
CPU
COMMUNICATIONS
MODULES
Analog input/output
modules
for current/voltage signals and for temperature
measurement as well as
temperature controlling
with facility for direct
connection of Pt100 resistance thermometers
or thermocouplers
DIGITAL
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
POSITIONING
MODULES
Positioning modules
High-speed counter modules with
possibility for connection of incremental shaft encoder or multiaxial
positioning modules for servo and
step drive
Use of digital and special function
modules
The use of digital and analog modules and
most special function modules is dependent only on the maximum addressable
number of addresses and thus on the CPU
used in each case.
With some special function modules, the
use within a system is limited. These restrictions also apply to the use of modules
of the MELSEC AnU series in the AnS system.
All affected modules are listed in the
adjacent table.
Module types
Limitation
AnS/QnAS series
AnU/QnA series
A1SHCPU,
A2SHCPU(-S1)
A2ASCPU(-S1),
A2ASCPU-S30/-S60
Q2ASCPU(-S1),
Q2ASHCPU(-S1)
A1SJ71UC24-R2 (PRF/R4),
A1SJ71E71-B2(-S3),
A1SD51S
AD51(-S3),
AD51H(-S3),
AD57G(-S3),
AJ71C22,
AJ71C24(-S3/-S6/-S8),
AJ71UC24,
AJ71E71(-S3)
up to 2 modules
per system
up to 6 modules
per system
up to 6 modules
per system
A1SI61
AI61(-S1)
only 1 module
per system
only 1 module
per system
only 1 module
per system
A1SJ71AT21B,
A1SJ71AR21
AJ71AT21B,
AJ71AR21,
AJ71AP21
only 1 module
per system
up to 2 modules
per system *
up to 2 modules
per system *
A1SJ71BR11,
A1SJ71LP21GE,
A1SJ71LP21
AJ71BR11,
AJ71LP21GE,
AJ71LP21
only 1 module
per system
up to 4 modules
per system *
not possible
A1SJ71QBR11,
A1SJ71QLP21
AJ71QBR11,
AJ71QLP21,
AJ71QLP21G
not possible
not possible
A1SJ71QE71-B2/-B5
AJ71QE71
not possible
not possible
up to 4 modules
per system *
A1SJ71QC24(-R2)
AJ71QC24
not possible
not possible
no limit
* In this case the total number of modules is limited to 4 (e.g. 2 x AJ71AT21B + 2 x A1SJ71BR11)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
5
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Series QnAS
The MELSEC QnAS Series
AQ
BASICS
Description
The MELSEC QnAS(H) series is an extremely
compact and very powerful new generation of controllers from MITSUBISHI
ELECTRIC. Outstanding features include
very fast program cycles, ample memory
for large amounts of data (approx. 1 mega
words) and significantly increased network
access speed. These controllers are ideal
for medium-scale applications requiring
up to 1024 centralised I/Os in the switchgear cabinet or up to 8192 remote I/Os.
The QnAS series is also hardware-compatible to the AnS series – this means you can
continue to use your modules from this
series.
A1SJ71QBR11, A1SJ71QE71-B2/B5
QnAS series networks support high-speed access to CPU data
during the END instruction, bringing a speed increase of up to
a factor of 8 compared to conventional systems.
QnAS(H)CPU
Ideal for time-critical applications with
execution speeds as fast as 0.075 µs per
logical instruction.
Integrated memory for up to 60 k program steps.
Many additional functions are also possible
without additional instruction
A1S38HB
High-speed base unit that
significantly increases the
overall performance of the
entire system.
If high-speed access to the
QnAS series CPU via the
network is not necessary, a
standard base unit can be
used.
PCMCIA RAM/EEPROM
One slot for PCMCIA RAM/
EEPROM cards
Expansion capability and performance
앬 Q2ASHCPU 28 k steps program mem-
ory, program cycle period 0.075 µs/logical instruction, 512 I/O points on the
base unit.
앬 Q2ASHCPU-S1 60 k steps program
memory, program cycle period
0.075 µs/logical instruction, 1024 I/O
points on the base unit.
60
28
Overview of the QnAS series CPUs
As with other Mitsubishi controllers the
power of the QnAS series grows with your
application – you simply replace the CPU.
The system can be upgraded to a maximum capacity of 1024 centralised I/Os or
8192 remote I/Os.
The integrated memory of 240 KB RAM can
easily be expanded by up to 2 MB at any
time just by slotting in a PCMCIA RAM card.
PCMCIA EEPROM cards are also available
for permanent storage of your controller
programs. An integrated battery protects
the data in the CPU’s internal RAM against
power failures.
The QnAS(H) series includes four different
CPU models for tailor-made configurations:
앬 Q2ASCPU 28 k steps program memory,
program cycle period 0.15 µs/logical instruction, 512 I/O points on the system
rack.
앬 Q2ASCPU-S1 60 k steps program
memory, program cycle period 0.15
µs/logical instruction, 1024 I/O points
on the base unit.
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
Q2AS
Q2AS-S1
Number of I/Os (x 100)
Q2ASH
Q2ASH-S1
Cycle time/log. instruction (µs)
Program memory size (k steps)
6
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Layout and Configuration
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Equipment Features
QnAS highlights
AQ
High program execution speed and extremely fast network access were top
priorities in the development of this new
generation of controllers. At the same time,
our engineers also took utmost care to
maintain full compatibility to the existing A1S hardware to protect our users
investment in their existing systems.
The QnAS CPU’s high-speed network
access features require the A1S38HB
high-speed base unit in combination with
the appropriate network card. All conventional I/O modules (both analog and digital) and positioning modules can be used
on the high-speed base unit.
BASICS
DIGITAL
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
PULSE
CATCH/
INTERRUPT
MODULES
ITS
E UN ks)
BAS ting rac
MELSEC QnAS
QnAS
CPU
ANALOG
INPUTS/
OUTPUTS
un
(mo
COMMUNICATIONS
MODULES
POSITIONING
MODULES
“High-speed” components for
high-speed processing
Integrated real-time clock with
year, month, day, hour, minute
and second, accuracy 2.5
seconds per year
Integrated RAM
for up to 60 k
program steps
The system can address up to 8192
digital I/O points, 1024 of which can
be installed directly on the mounting
rack.
Up to 4096 program subroutines
possible (program pointers)
Integrated backup
battery
CARD
Floating-point maths,
string handling
LOCK
SRAM
User-programmable software
interrupt time base, in units
of 5 ms
MITSUBISHI
INSERT
User-programmable
timers, in units of 1 ms
761 instructions, e.g. PID,
MIN, MAX, SIN, COS, TAN
PCMCIA slot for RAM/EEPROM
expansion cards with up to
2 MB additional memory, e.g.
for file registers (up to 1018 k
file registers possible)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
IEC 1131.3 standard
programming supported with
MELSEC MEDOC plus from
7
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Structure and Handling
Configuration
AQ
BASICS
System structure
The CPU and modules are held in a base
unit which has an internal bus connection
for communication between the individual
modules and the CPU. The power supply
module which supplies the voltage for the
entire system is also installed on this base
unit.
The main base units are available in 4 different versions with 2 to 8 module slots.
Each base unit can be supplemented by
means of an extension base unit, providing
additional slots.
If you wish to keep open the option of subsequent extension of your PLC or if you
have free slots on your main base unit, you
can insert dummy modules here. They
serve to protect the free slots from soiling
or from mechanical effects but can also be
used for reserving I/O points.
For cabling larger systems and machines e.g. in a modular design - the use of remote
I/O modules offers additional communications facilities. These modules are connected by means of a shielded two-wire
cable.
Digital I/O module Special function module
CPU module
Protective
cover
for
removable
terminal
block
Power supply
module
Interface for
extension
base unit
Key switch
Interface for
extension
base unit
Base unit
Memory cassette
Programming
interface
Backup
battery
Extension
The main base unit and extension base
units are simply connected to one another
by extension cables. These connecting
cables also supply the extension base units
with the operating voltage of 5 V DC.
Up to three extension base units can be
connected to a main base unit. The extension may be in the horizontal or vertical
direction.
When choosing the power supply module,
the total power consumption of the I/O
modules, of the special function modules
and of the peripherals must be taken into
account. If necessary, an extension base
unit with a further power supply module
should be used.
Base units of the MELSEC AnA/AnU series
can also be combined with the AnS series
using a special cable.
8
Main base unit
Extension 1
Extension 2
Extension 3
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Structure and Handling
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Handling
AQ
Mounting the modules
The modules are easily mounted on the
main base unit with the aid of a guide lug
and a fixing screw. Installation can thus be
carried out quickly and without problems.
If it becomes necessary to change an
I/O module, the screw terminal block can
be removed beforehand. Thus, it is not
necessary to disconnect the entire cabling
but only 2 screws.
BASICS
Mounting the base unit
The base unit can be mounted on a
DIN rail or by conventional screw attachments.
The individual base units can be mounted
either side by side or up to 6 m apart.
General specifications
General Specifications
Data
Ambient temperature
0 – +55 °C
Storage temperature
-20 – +75 °C
Ambient relative humidity
max. 90 % (non-condensing)
Protection
IP 20
Noise durability
1500 Vpp with noise generator; 1 µs at 25 – 60 Hz
Insulation withstand voltage
AC 1500 V, 1 min.
Shock resistance
10 G (3 times each in 3 directions)
Vibration resistance
2 G: resistant to vibrations from 10 – 55 Hz for 2 hours along all 3 axes; 0,5 G for DIN rail mounting
Insulation resistance
>5 MΩ (500 V DC)
Ground
Class 3
Environment
Avoid environments containing corrosive gases, install in a dust-free location.
Certifications 햲
UL / CSA / CE / DNV / RINA / LR
햲 Approvals for MELSEC AnS series and CE certifications for MELSEC QnAS series as described on the following pages.
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
9
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Networks
MELSEC Networks
AQ
BASICS
TCP/IP ETHERNET
MELSECNET/B
MELSEC I/O-LINK
Ready for immediate operation with the
worldwide standard TCP/IP protocol. A PC
connected to the Ethernet has full access
to all PLCs in the MELSECNET, all the way
down to the I/Os on the production level.
A cost-effective alternative within the production level. Enables implementation of
easily-manageable configurations for complex applications by means of distributed
intelligence.
Remote module distribution to the
machine. Devices of third party manufacturers can be integrated. Cabling with
twisted pair cable in a tree structure.
MELSECNET/10 und -NET(II)
CC-Link
Low-cost cabling, brilliantly simple set-up
and maximum availability thanks to redundancy and Floating Master. The maximum
coverage is up to 30 km.
The network for the control and I/O level
comprises capabilities like real-time
processing and distributed intelligence.
Modules of third party manufacturers can
be integrated.
MELSEC FX Peer-to-Peer
The PPN construction enables a network
for up to 8 FX2N and FX0N controllers
as clients.
The max. coverage is up to 500 m.
A standard twisted-pair cable can be used
as the communications media.
COMMAND LEVEL
TCP/IP ETHERNET
TCP/IP ETHERNET
CONTROL LEVEL
MELSECNET/10
MELSECNET(II)
MELSECNET/B
AnS/QnAS
MELSECNET/10
MELSECNET(II)
MELSECNET/10
MELSECNET/B
AnS/
QnAS
QnA/
AnU
AnS/
QnAS
QnA/
AnU
PRODUCTION LEVEL
CC-Link
MELSEC I/O-LINK
MELSEC FX-PPN
QnA/
AnU
AnS/
QnAS
Ans/
QnAS
Remote I/Os
CC Link
FX0N/FX2N
GRAPHIC OPERATION TERMINAL
MELSEC
FX-PPN
10
MELSEC
I/O-LINK
Remote I/Os
MITSUBISHI
GOT series
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Networks
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Open Networks
MAP 3.0 ETHERNET
Interdepartmental data exchange between the command and production
levels using a non-proprietary protocol
with short throughput times.
Profibus FMS
DeviceNet
Communication between equipment from
different manufacturers within a single
plant. Automatic data exchange with
MELSEC networks.
Cost-effective CAN-based network
communications. Fault-resistant network
structure where components of different
manufacturers can be integrated quickly
and easily.
Profibus DP
Enables quick and simple connection of
sensors and actuators from different manufacturers to MELSEC PLCs, with data transfer rates of up to 12 Mbaud.
AQ
BASICS
AS Interface
International standard for the lowest field
bus level. Connection of conventionel sensors and actuators with twisted pair cable.
COMMAND LEVEL
MAP 3.0 ETHERNET
MAP 3.0 ETHERNET
P R O F
I
CONTROL LEVEL
Profibus FMS
PROCESS FIELD BUS
B U S
QnA/
AnU
AnS
MAC E series
I/O modules
Inverter
Hz RUN
A MON
PU EXT
RUN
DeviceNet
PRODUCTION LEVEL
Profibus DP
DeviceNet
AS Interface
STOP
RESET
PROFIBUS DP
FX2N
M
MT series
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
AS Interface
11
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
BASIC COMPONENTS
Base Units
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Main Base Units
The main base unit is used for holding and coupling
CPU, power supply unit, input modules, output
modules and special function modules.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
5V
5V
SG
SG
FG
I/O 0
CPU
I/O 1
I/O 2
앬 The modules are automatically addressed.
I/O 4
I/O 3
In general, it is assumed that base units with
8 slots will be used. Dummy slots or missing slots
(in the case of base units with less than 8 slots)
are assigned to 16 addresses.
The automatic addressing can be changed by
means of the function “I/O assignment”.
앬 The units are mounted by means of screws or on
a profiled rail with an integrated adapter.
AIS35B
POWER
MITSUBISHI
Specifications
I/O modules
Installation
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
A1S32B-E
A1S33B-E
A1S35B-E
2
3
5
All base units possess an installation hole ∅ 6 mm and M5 screws. *
0.65
0.75
kg 0.52
255 x 130 x 28
325 x 130 x 28
mm 220 x 130 x 28
Art. no. 48370
Order information
48371
48372
A1S38B-E
8
A1S38HB-EU
8
0.97
430 x 130 x 28
1.0
430 x 130 x 28
48373
69663
* An adapter is integrated for mounting on a DIN rail.
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Extension Base Units
5V
5V
SG
SG
The extension base units are connected to the main
base unit by means of assembled bus cables. Thus, an
AnS/QnAS system can be expanded to 32 I/O modules.
Extension base units with or without their own power
supply module are available.
FG
I/O 0
I/O 1
I/O 2
I/O 3
I/O 4
I/O 5
I/O 6
I/O 7
AIS68B
POWER
MITSUBISHI
Special features:
앬 A total of three extension base units can be con-
nected to a main base unit.
앬 The maximum distance from the first to the last
base unit is 6 m.
An extension base unit with a power supply module
must be used in the following cases:
앬 If the power consumption of the inserted modules
exceeds the capacity of the power supply module
on the main base unit.
앬 If the voltage drops below 4.75 V between the
main base unit and the extension base unit.
Specifications
Power supply modules
I/O modules
Installation
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
A1S52B-S1
A1S55B-S1
A1S58B-S1
—
—
—
2
5
8
All base units possess an installation hole ∅ 6 mm and M5 screws. *
0.61
0.87
kg 0.38
260 x 130 x 28
365 x 130 x 28
mm 155 x 130 x 28
Art. no. 39667
38073
38072
A1S65B-S1
1
5
A1S68B-S1
1
8
0.71
315 x 130 x 28
0.95
420 x 130 x 28
38071
38070
Connection cables (refer to page 79)
* An adapter is integrated for mounting on a DIN rail.
12
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Power Supply Modules
BASIC COMPONENTS
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Power Supply Modules
Power supply modules
MELSEC A 1S61PN
They supply the individual modules with the voltages
required for operation. The choice is dependent on
the power consumption of the individual modules.
MELSEC A 1S61PN
POWER
AQ
BASICS
POWER
MITSUBISHI
Special features:
MITSUBISHI
앬 The readiness for operation is indicated by a
INPUT
100-240VAC
105VA
50/60Hz
OUTPUT
5VDC 5A
INPUT
100-240VAC
105VA
50/60Hz
red LED.
OUTPUT
5VDC 5A
앬 For example, controllers can be supplied by
means of additional 24 V DC output (A1S62PN).
앬 The power supply modules A1S61PN and
NC
NC
(FG)
A1S62PN can be used world wide because they
support the wide input range from 100 to 240 V AC
at 50/60 Hz.
(LG)
INPUT
100-240VA
C
A1S61PN
Specifications
Input
voltage
(+10%, -15%)
(+30%, -35%)
Input frequency
Inrush current
Max. input apparent power
5 V DC
Rated output
current
24 V DC ±10 %
5 V DC
Overcurrent
protection
24 V DC
5 V DC
Overvoltage
protection
24 V DC
Efficiency
between primary
Insulation with- and 5 V DC
stand voltage between primary
and 24 V DC
Max. compensation time
at power failure
Power indicator
Terminal screw size
Applicable wire size
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
A1S61PN
V AC 100 – 240
V DC —
Hz 50 / 60 (±5 %)
20 A within 8 ms
105 VA
A 5
A —
A ≥ 5.5
A —
V 5.5 – 6.5
V —
≥ 65 %
A1S62PN
100 – 240
—
50 / 60 (±5 %)
20 A within 8 ms
105 VA
3
0.6
≥ 3.3
≥ 0.66
5.5 – 6.5
—
≥ 65 %
A1S63P
—
24
—
81 A within 8 ms
41 W
5
—
≥ 5.5
—
5.5 – 6.5
—
≥ 65 %
2830 V AC, 1 min.
2830 V AC, 1 min.
500 V AC, 1 min.
—
2830 V AC, 1 min.
—
20
1
AWG 18 – 14
0.8
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
AWG 16 – 22
0.5
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
65052
29536
ms 20
All modules possess a power LED display.
All modules possess terminal screw size M 3.5 x 7.
AWG 18 – 14
kg 0.8
mm 54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 65051
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
13
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
BASIC COMPONENTS
CPU Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS CPU Modules
A1SHCPU, A2SHCPU(-S1)
AQ
7 different CPUs with graded performance are available
for the MELSEC AnS. All versions are upwardly compatible. Thus, the MELSEC AnS can grow with the application if the CPU is changed.
BASICS
A1SHCPU
A1SHCPU
Special features:
앬 Integrated RAM as standard feature for storing the
PLC program and data
앬 Integrated backup battery for backing up the RAM
and definable PLC operands
앬 Nonvolatile EPROM and EEPROM memories can
be inserted as options
앬 Integrated programming interface in the form
of a differential interface (RS422)
앬 Processing of the inputs and outputs in direct
mode or as refresh mode
Specifications
I/O points (internal)
Total I/O points (with remote I/O units)
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Battery buffer
Memory type
Program
capacity 햲
overall
max. for
PLC program
max. for internal
microcomputer
program
Cycle time
Timer (T)
Counter (C)
Internal / special relay (M)
Data register / special register (D)
File register (R) 햳
Interrupt pointer (I)
Pointer (P)
Annunciator (F)
Accumulator (A)
Index register (V, Z)
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
Comments 햳
Instructions
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Max. compensation time
at power failure
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
A1SHCPU
A2SHCPU
256
512
2048
2048
CPU error detection, Watch Dog, battery error detection, memory error detection, program check,
power supply error detection, fuse error detection
All modules are fitted with a lithium-battery with a life expectancy of 5 years.
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
64
64
kByte
8 k steps
A2SHCPU-S1
1024
2048
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
192
14 k steps
30 k steps
14
30
0.333 µs/log. instruction
256
256
2048 / 256
1024 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
256
2
2
1024 / 1024
Max. 4032
261
mA 300
0.25 µs/log. instruction
256
256
2048 / 256
1024 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
256
2
2
1024 / 1024
Max. 4032
261
400
0.25 µs/log. instruction
256
256
2048 / 256
1024 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
256
2
2
1024 / 1024
Max. 4032
261
400
ms 20
20
20
0.33
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
0.33
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
66613
66611
kByte 14
kg 0.33
mm 54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 66612
Memory cassettes (refer to page 78)
햲 Dependent on one another
햳 Number dependent on the memory configuration
14
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
CPU Modules
BASIC COMPONENTS
왎 MELSEC AnS CPU Modules
A2ASCPU(-S1), A2ASCPU-S30/-S60
In performance, the CPU types A2AS(-S1) correspond to the A1S/A2S(-S1) types. The A2ASCPU-S30/-S60
diposeofmoreprogramcapacityandshortercycletime.
The AnAS types are also particularly suitable for applications where short PLC cycle times are required.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Processing the inputs and outputs with refresh
mode
앬 Floating point arithmetic according to IEEE 754
앬 Special statements for processing PID control
loops
A1SMCA
-14KE
앬 Mathematical functions, such as angle/exponen-
tial functions and logarithm
Specifications
I/O points
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Battery buffer
Memory type
overall
Program
max. for
capacity 햲
PLC program
Cycle time
Timer (T)
Counter (C)
Internal / special relay (M)
Data register / special register (D)
File register (R) 햳
Interrupt pointer (I)
Pointer (P)
Annunciator (F)
Accumulator (A)
Index register (V, Z)
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
Comments /expanded comments 햳
Instructions
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Max. compensation time
at power failure
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
A2ASCPU
A2ASCPU-S1
A2ASCPU-S30
A2ASCPU-S60
512
1024
1024
1024
CPU error detection, Watch Dog, battery error detection, memory error detection, program check, power supply error detection, fuse error detection
All modules are fitted with a lithium-battery with a life expectancy of 5 years.
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
RAM, EPROM, EEPROM
256
256
256
kByte 64
Order information
Art.no. 38067
14 k steps
14 k steps
30 k steps
60 k steps
0.2 µs/log. instruction
2048
1024
8192 / 256
6144 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
2 048
2
14
4096 / 4096
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
463
mA 320
0.2 µs/log. instruction
2048
1024
8192 / 256
6144 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
2 048
2
14
4096 / 4096
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
463
320
0.15 µs/log. instruction
2048
1024
8192 / 256
6144 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
2 048
2
14
4096 / 4096
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
463
320
0.15 µs/log. instruction
2048
1024
8192 / 256
6144 / 256
Max. 8192
32
256
2 048
2
14
4096 / 4096
Max. 4032 / max. 3968
463
320
ms 20
20
20
20
0.41
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
0.41
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
0.41
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
42615
56084
63884
kg 0.41
mm 54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Accessories
Memory cassettes (refer to page 80)
햲 Independent
햳 Number depends on memory configuration
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
15
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
BASIC COMPONENTS
CPU Modules
왎 MELSEC QnAS CPU Modules
Q2ASCPU(-S1), Q2ASHCPU(-S1)
AQ
These controllers make it possible to use small
modular systems in complex production systems calling
for short cycle times. These CPUs can also handle really
large recipes, making them ideal for use in networks.
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Processing of inputs and outputs as process I/O
앬
앬
앬
앬
image (direct processing instructions are available)
IEEE 754 floating point maths
Dedicated instructions for PID controller circuits
Mathematical functions including trig, exponents
and logarithms
The CPU can store an entire controller cycle program including the graphical information. This
means that the entire program information is
available when you download the program from
the CPU to the PC.
PULL
Specifications
Q2ASCPU
Q2ASCPU-S1
Q2ASHCPU
Q2ASHCPU-S1
Max. I/O points overall
8192
8192
8192
8192
Max. I/O points on mounting rack
512
1024
512
1024
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Program plausibility, watchdog (time), battery check, memory test, CPU test, line voltage monitor, fuse test
Battery buffer
All modules are fitted with a lithium-battery with a life expectancy of 5 years.
Memory type
RAM, EEPROM
RAM, EEPROM
RAM, EEPROM
RAM, EEPROM
overall
240
112
240
kByte 112
Program
capacity 햲
max. for PLC program
28 k steps
60 k steps
28 k steps
60 k steps
Cycle period
LD: 0.20 / MOV: 0.60
LD: 0.075 / MOV: 0.225
LD: 0.075 / MOV: 0.225
µs LD: 0.20 / MOV: 0.60
Timers (T)
2048
2048
2048
2048
Counters (C)
1024
1024
1024
1024
Relays / special relays (M)
8192 / 2048
8192 / 2048
8192 / 2048
8192 / 2048
Data registers / special registers (D)
12288 / 2048
12288 / 2048
12288 / 2048
12288 / 2048
File registers (R) 햴
1018 k words x 1 (PCMCIA memory card required. Number of file registers depends on capacity of PCMCIA memory card.)
Interrupt pointer (I)
48
48
48
48
Pointer (P)
4096
4096
4096
4096
Annunciator (F)
2048
2048
2048
2048
Index register (Z)
16
16
16
16
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
8192 / 8192
8192 / 8192
8192 / 8192
8192 / 8192
Comments 햳
Approx. 64 k (PCMCIA memory card required. Number of comments depends on capacity of PCMCIA memory card.)
Instructions
Sequential: 39, others: 722
Sequential: 39, others: 722
Sequential: 39, others: 722
Sequential: 39, others: 722
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
300
700
700
mA 300
Max. compensation time
ms Depends on power supply unit used, see page 13.
at power failure
Weight
0.5
0.5
0.5
kg 0.5
Dimensions (W x H x D)
54.5 x 130 x 110
54.5 x 130 x 110
54.5 x 130 x 110
mm 54.5 x 130 x 110
Order information
Art. no. 61039
Accessories
61031
61044
61045
Memory cards (refer to page 80)
햲 Interdependent
햳 Number depends on memory configuration
16
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
CPU Modules
BASIC COMPONENTS
왎 MELSEC Slot PLC
PLC based controller
The slot PLC A80BDE-A2USH-S1 is a MELSEC CPU in
the form of a PC slot-in board and is designed for the
installation in a PC with the operating system
MS Window NT (from version 4.0)
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 32 bit PCI board with 33 MHz bus clock rate
앬 Extension units with modules of the AnU/AnS
A8
DA0BD
TE -A
2
99USH
08 -S
AC 1
series can be connected
RUN ERR.
앬 Installation software included when shipped
앬 Programmabel by MELSEC MEDOC plus and
RESET
A-BUS
GPP/Win
앬 Access to devices of the CPU with the help of the
BD808C101G51
programming languages Visual C++ or
Visual Basic (from version 5)
앬 Extensive software package (see accessories in
the table below)
BD808C086G51
Specifications
A80BDE-A2USH-S1
Max. I/O points
8192 total / 1024 on base unit (192 I/O points 00-BF used by the system)
CPU self-diagnostic functions
Program plausibility, Watch Dog (time), battery check, memory error detection, CPU error detection, power supply error detection, fuse test
Backup battery
The board is equipped with a lithium-battery with a durability of 5 years.
Memory type
RAM, EPROM
overall
kBytes 448
Program
capacity 햲
max. for PLC program
30 k steps
Cycle time
0.09 µs/log. instruction
Timer (T)
2048
Counter (C)
1024
Internal relay / special relay (M)
8192 / 256
Data register / special register (D)
8192 / 256
File register (R) 햳
Max. 8192
Interrupt pointer (I)
32
Pointer (P)
256
Annunciator (F)
2048
Accumulator (A)
2
Index register (V, Z)
14
Link relay (B) / link register (W)
8192 / 8192
Comments 햳
Max. 4032
Instructions
462
Internal current consumption
A Max. 2
External voltage supply
+5 V DC (+-5%)
Weight
kg 0.5
Dimension
Standard PCI board
Order information
Accessories
햲
햳
Art. no. 129404
Base driver software for CPU–PC communications: SW3D5F-CSKP-E, software tool for simple data exchange between CPU and MS-EXCEL: SW3D5F-OLEX-E,
user programmable visualization package: SW3D5F-XMOP-E,
memory cassette art. no.: 24706, 24746, 4103
Dependent on one another
Number dependent on the memory configuration
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
17
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
DIGITAL MODULES
Input / Output Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Input Modules
Detection of process signals
AQ
Various input modules are available for converting
the digital process signals with different voltage
levels into the levels required by the PLC.
BASICS
A1SX80
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A1SX80
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Special features:
앬 The input points can be operated alternatively as
0
1
1
5
5
2
6
3
7
4
COM
12
13
D
9
15
F
16
COM
DC
NC
NC
B
C
D
앬
14
E
A
앬
앬
11
B
C
8
앬
17
18
19
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature
Indication of input status via LEDs
Modules with 16 connection points have removable terminal blocks with screws.
Modules with 32 connection points have a
37-pin D-sub plug (supplied with the module)
Assembled cables are available for modules with
D-sub plugs (A32CBL: 3 m).
20
DC12V 3mA
DC24V 7mA
A1SX80
E
F
Specifications
Input points
Isolation method
Rated input voltage
Operating voltage range
Max. simultaneously ON
Inrush current
mA
V
mA
V
mA
kΩ
ms
ms
Connection terminal
Order information
8
9
10
A
7
No. of occupied I/O points
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
7
9
6
Rated input current
voltage
ON
current
voltage
OFF
current
Load resistance
OFF 씮 ON
Response time
ON 씮 OFF
Common terminal arrangement
Power indicator
6
8
5
앬 Potential isolation between process and control
4
4
1
18
3
3
0
positive or negative switching.
2
2
mm2
mA
kg
mm
A1SX10EU
A1SX20EU
A1SX80
16
16
16
Photocoupler isolation between input terminals and PC power for all modules.
110 – 120 V AC (50 / 60 Hz) 200 – 240 V AC (50 / 60 Hz) 12 / 24 V DC
AC 85 – 132 V AC
170 – 264 V AC
—
100 %
60 % (at 220 V AC)
100 % (at 26.4 V DC)
200 mA for 1 ms
500 mA for 1 ms
—
(at 132 V AC)
(at AC 264 V)
7 mA (at 120 V AC, 60 Hz)
ca. 11 (at 240 V AC, 60 Hz)
ca. 3 / ca. 7
≥ AC 80
≥ AC 80
≥ DC 8
≥ AC 5
≥ AC 4
≥ DC 2
≤ AC 30
≤ AC 30
≤ DC 4
≤ AC 1
≤ AC 1
≤ DC 1
ca. 21 (50 Hz) / ca. 18 (60 Hz) ca. 27 (50 Hz) / ca. 22 (60 Hz) ca. 3.3
≤ 20 (100 V AC, 60 Hz)
≤ 30 (200 V AC, 60 Hz)
≤ 10 (24 V DC)
≤ 35 (100 V AC, 60 Hz)
≤ 55 (200 V AC, 60 Hz)
≤ 10 (24 V DC)
16
16
16
All modules possess a status LED per input/output.
20-point removable
20-point removable
20-point removable
terminal block
terminal block
terminal block
16
16
16
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
50 (all input points ON)
50 (all input points ON)
50 (all input points ON)
0.21
0.23
0.2
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 54914
A1SX80-S1
16
A1SX81
32
24 V DC
—
100 % (at 26.4 V DC)
12 / 24 V DC
—
60 % (at 26.4 V DC)
—
—
ca. 7
≥ DC 17
≥ DC 5
≤ DC 5
≤ DC 1.7
ca. 3.3
≤ 0,4 (24 V DC)
≤ 0,5 (24 V DC)
16
ca. 3 / ca. 7
≥ DC 8
≥ DC 2
≤ DC 4
≤ DC 1
ca. 3.3
≤ 10 (12 / 24 V DC)
≤ 10 (12 / 24 V DC)
32
20-point removable
terminal block
16
0.75 – 1.5
50 (all input points ON)
0.2
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Compact plug
type 37 D-Sub
32
0.3
80 (all input points ON)
0.24
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
53665
24973
31536
24974
—
—
—
Adapter cable (see page 77)
Accessories
—
Spare parts
20-point removable terminal block and cover: A1STEC-S, art. no. 31248
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Input / Output Modules
DIGITAL MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Output Modules
Adapted output technology
A1SY80
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A1SY80
ERR
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L
0
1
2
3
ERR
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
6
7
8
9
A
B
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
16
17
points
A
A
Inrush current
Leakage current at OFF
mA
OFF 씮 ON
ON 씮 OFF
mechanical
Life
electrical
Max. switching frequency
Noise suppression
Fuse
Power indicator
Fuse blown indicator
Connection terminal
No. of occupied I/O points
Applicable wire size
voltage
Ext. power
supply req.
current
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
ms
ms
Accessories
앬
18
19
AC100/240V
0.6A
A1SY80
Min. switching load
Order information
앬
15
20
F
Response time
앬
12
+_
E
Max. switching voltage
Max. output current
Output current per group TYP.
앬
9
10
D
Specifications
Outputs
Output type
Common terminal arrangement
Isolation method
Rated output voltage
Operating voltage range
앬 Potential isolation between process and control
4
COM2
C
switches
3
8
L
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
A
mm2
mA
mA
kg
mm
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature
Modules with potential isolation between the
channels
Modules with 16 protection points have
removable terminal blocks with screws
Modules with 32 connection points have a
37-pin D-sub plug (supplied with the module)
Assembled cables are available for the modules
with D-sub plugs (A32CBL: 3 m)
A1SY10EU
A1SY14EU
A1SY18AEU
A1SY22햲
A1SY28EU
16
12
8
16
8
Relay
Relay
Relay
Triac
Triac
8
4
1
8
4
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
24 V DC / 120 V AC 24 V DC / 240 V AC 24 V DC / 240 V AC 100 – 240 V AC 100 – 240 V AC
—
—
—
—
—
24VAC(100 mA) 24VAC(15mA)
5 V DC (1 mA)
5 V DC (1 mA)
5 V DC (1 mA)
100VAC(10mA) 100VAC(15mA)
240VAC(20mA) 240VAC(15mA)
125VDC/132VAC 125VDC/264VAC 125VDC/264VAC 264 V AC
264 V AC
2
2
2
0.6
0.6
8
8
2
2.4
1.9
20
A
for
10
ms,
30 A for 10 ms,
—
—
—
8 A for 100 ms 15 A for 100 ms
1.5 mA (120 V AC), 1.5 mA
—
—
—
3 mA (240 V AC) (240VAC/60Hz)
10
10
10
1
1
12
12
12
0.5 period +1 ms 0.5 period +1 ms
Switching 20 million times
—
—
Switching 100000 times or more
—
—
Switching 3600 times/h
—
—
—
—
—
CR (0.01µF,47Ω) CR (0.01µF,47Ω)
—
—
—
5
—
All modules possess a status LED per output.
—
—
—
LED
—
20-point removable terminal block
16
16
16
16
16
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
0.75–1.5
0.75–1.5
90
100
75
2
—
24 V DC, ±10 % 24 V DC, ±10 % 24 V DC, ±10 % 100 – 240 V AC 240 V AC
120
120
240
270
270
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.24
0.24
34.5 x 130 x 93.6 34.5 x 130 x 93.6 34.5 x 130 x 93.6 34.5 x 130 x 93.6 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 53666
—
햲 Does not comply to CE standard
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
BASICS
앬 Output modules with relay, transistor or triac
2
+_
5
AQ
Special features:
1
COM1
4
The MELSEC AnS output modules have different
switching elements for adaptation to many control
tasks.
A1SY68A
8
Transistor
1
A1SY80
16
Transistor
8
A1SY81
32
Transistor
32
5/12/24/48VDC 12 / 24 V DC
4.5 – 52.8 V DC 10.2 – 30 V DC
12 / 24 V DC
10.2 – 30 V DC
—
—
—
—
2
2
—
0.8
3.2
—
0.1
2
8 A for 10 ms
8 A for 10 ms
0.4 A for 10 ms
0.1
0.1
0.1
3
10
—
—
—
Zener diode
—
2
2
—
—
—
Zener diode
5
2
2
—
—
—
Zener diode
3,2
—
LED
16
0.75 – 1.5
—
—
110
0.2
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
16
0.75 – 1.5
20
12/24 V DC
120
0.2
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
LED
D-Sub plug
32
0.3
8
12/24 V DC
500
0.23
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
54349
53667
24976
54348
33199
24977
24978
—
—
—
—
—
—
Adapter cable
19
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Analog Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Input Modules
Detection of analog process signals
AQ
The analog input modules convert analog process
signals, for example pressure, flow or fill level,
linearly into digital values, which are further processed by the AnS/QnAS CPU.
BASICS
A1S68AD
A1S68AD
RUN
RUN
Special features:
+
0
1
3
4
5
8
9
+ C
H _
C
3
H_
4
7
9
10
11
12
13
15
+
D
16
17
앬
18
19
A/D
0~HV
0~20mA
E
앬
14
+ C
H _
C
7
H_
8
C
앬
앬
앬
8
AG
B
20
Specifications
Input points
Analog input
Resolution
MΩ
Ω
V
mA
A1S64AD
4
-10 V / +10 V (-20 mA / +20 mA)
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
1
250
±15
±30
Analog input
Voltage
Current
+10 V
+5 V
+20 mA
0V
0 mA
-5 V
- 20 mA
-10 V
Digital output
1/4000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
1/8000
8000
4000
0
-4000
-8000
1/12000
12000
6000
0
-6000
-12000
resolution
1/4 000
1/8000
1/12000
voltage input
2.5 mV
1.25 mV
0.83 mV
current input
10 µA
5 µA
3.33 µA
I/O characteristics
Overall accuracy
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
ms/ 20
Max. conversion time
channel
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
I/O points
32
Connection terminal
All modules are fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
External power consumption
Not neccessary for both modules
Applicable wire size
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 400
Weight
kg 0.25
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
20
to 256 channels per system (A2SCPU-S1/
A2ASCPU-S1/-S30/-S60)
Resolution of 0.83 mV and 3.33 µA (A1S64AD)
Conversion time of 0.5 msec./channel (A1S68AD)
Calculation of average value over the time or
measurement cycles can be configured
Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
The module is provided with a removable terminal block fastened with screws.
A1S68AD
F
Max.
resolution
5
6
A
Max. input
4
+
+
7
voltage
current
voltage
current
3
+ C
H _
C
5
H_
6
AG
6
앬 Up to 8 channels per module (A1S68AD) and up
2
AG
2
Load
resistance
1
+ C
H _
C
1
H_
2
AG
Art. no. 25707
A1S68AD
8
-10 V / +10 V (0 mA / +20 mA)
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
1
250
±35
±30
Analog input
Voltage
Current
0 – +10 V
-10 – +10 V
0 – +5 V
1 – +5 V
0 – 20 mA
4 – 20 mA
Digital output
0 – +4000
-2000 – +2000
0 – +4000
0 – +4000
0 – +10 V
2.5 mV
-10 – +10 V
5 mV
0 – +5 V
1.25 mV
1 – +5 V
1 mV
0 – 20 mA
5 µA
4 – 20 mA
4 µA
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
0.5
32
0.75 – 1.5
400
0.27
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
46478
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Analog Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Output Modules
Output of analog control signals
The analog output modules convert digital values
predetermined by the CPU into an analog current or
voltage signal. For example, frequency inverters, valves
or slide valves are controlled by means of these
signals.
A1S68DAV
A1S68DAV
RUN
RUN
HLD/CLD
C
H
1
C
H
2
C
H
3
C
H
4
C
H
5
C
H
6
C
H
7
C
H
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
2
3
5
6
7
앬
앬
8
9
10
11
12
앬
13
14
15
16
17
앬
18
19
D
20
D/A
0~HV
E
앬 Up to 8 channels per module (A1S68DAV/DAI) and
4
FG
up to 256 channels per system (A2SCPU-S1/
A2ASCPU-S1/-S30/-S60)
Resolution of 0.83 mV and 1.7 µA (A1S62DA)
Conversion time of 4 msec. / 8 channels
(A1S68DAV/DAI)
Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
The module is provided with a removable terminal block fastened with screws.
A1S68DAV
F
Specifications
A1S62DA
A1S68DAV
A1S68DAI
Output points
2
8
8
-2048 – +2047
0 – +4096
-4000 – +4000
-8000 – +8000
-12000 – +12000
-10 V DC – +10 V DC (0 mA – +20 mA DC)
-10 V DC – +10 V DC
4 mA – +20 mA DC
voltage
2 kΩ – 1 MΩ
2 kΩ – 1 MΩ
—
current
0 – 600 Ω
—
0 – 600 Ω
Digital input
Analog output
Load
resistance
BASICS
Special features:
1
V+
VV+
VV+
VV+
VV+
VV+
VV+
VV+
V-
AQ
Voltage output
I/O
characteristics
digital input
Max. resolution
1/4000
1/8000
1/12000
4000
2000
0
-2000
-4000
2.5 mV
8000
4000
0
-4000
-8000
1.25 mV
12000
6000
0
-6000
-12000
0.83 mV
1/4000
1/8000
1/12000
Voltage
output
+10 V
+5 V
0V
-5 V
-10 V
(10 V)
2000
1000
0
-1000
-2000
5 mV
Voltage
output
+10 V
+5 V
0V
-5 V
-10 V
—
—
—
—
—
Current output
I/O
digital
characteinput
ristics
Max. resolution
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
4000
8000
12000
2000
4000
6000
0
0
0
5 µA
2.5 µA
1.7 µA
±1.0 %
(for the whole measurement range)
25 ms / 2 channels (or 1 channel)
Current
output
20 mA
12 mA
4 mA
(20 mA)
Isolation method
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
I/O points
32
Connection terminal
All modules are fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
—
—
Currrent
output
20 mA
12 mA
4 mA
—
—
±1.0 %
(for the whole measurement range)
4 ms / 8 channels
4000
2000
0
4 µA
±1.0 %
(for the whole measurement range)
4 ms / 8 channels
32
32
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 – 1.5
mA 800
650
850
kg 0.32
0.28
0.28
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
46475
46477
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25709
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
21
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Analog Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Input/Output Modules
Analog modules with inputs and outputs
AQ
These modules have both analog inputs and one or
two analog outputs. Individual channels operate autonomously but can also be coupled to one another.
BASICS
A1S63ADA
A1S63ADA
OFFSET
CH
DOWN
87
87
UP
9
54
9
6
CH
OFFSET
SET
GAIN
RUN
SET
GAIN
RUN
6
5
4
TEST
UP
Special features:
DOWN
앬 2 or 4 analog input points and 1 or 2 analog
1
output points
2
H L D /C L R
0
1
C
H
1
I
N
2
3
4
C
H
2
I
N
5
6
7
C
H
3
O
U
T
8
9
A
B
C
A/D
0~HV
0~PmA
D
D/A
0~HV
4~20mA
E
Resolution
I/O characteristics
Max.
resolution
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. input
Analog input points
D/A conversion
Analog output
앬 Extremely short processing time due to
7
high-speed conversion with the A1S66ADA
8
9
10
앬 Linkage of input/output via formulae or
11
X/Y graph
12
앬 Potential isolation between process and control
13
14
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
앬 The modules are provided with a removable
terminal block fastened with screws.
15
16
17
18
19
20
A1S66ADA
-10 V DC – +10 V DC (-20 mA – +20 mA DC)
-4096–+4095(1/4000),-8192–+8191(1/8000),
-12288–+12287(1/12000)
Analog input
Digital output
-10 – 0 – +10 V DC (0 – 20 mA DC)
-20 – 20 mA
-4000 – 4000
-8000 – 8000
-12000 – 12000
0 – 4095 (12 bit binary)
-2000 – 2000
-4000 – 4000
-6000 – 6000
0.83 mV (at resolution 1/12000)
3.3 µA (at resolution 1/12000)
±1.0 %
1 ms/channel (at 1/4000); 2 ms/channel (at 1/8000); 3 ms/channel (at 1/12000)
Voltage: ±15 V, current: ±30 mA
2
-4000 – 4000
-8000 – 8000
-12000 – 12000
I/O characteristics
voltage input
current input
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. output
Analog output points
Isolation method
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
22
6
Analog input
Digital output
0 – 10 V
0–5V
0 – 20 mA
0 – 4095
1–5V
4 – 20 mA
-10 – 10 V
1 mV (for analog input range from 1 to 5 V)
4 µA (for analog input range from 4 to 20 mA)
±1.0 %
≤400 µs (for 4 channels); scan time 80 µs (for 1 channel)
Voltage: ±15 V, current: ±30 mA
4
-4000 – +4000 (1/4000), -8000 – +8000 (1/8000), -12000 – +12000 (1/12000) 0–4000 (12bitbinary)
0 – +4000 (1/4000), 0 – +8000 (1/8000), 0 – +12000 (1/12000))
-10 V – +10 V (0 – +20 mA DC)
-10 – 0 – 10 V DC (0 – 20 mA DC)
Digital input
Analog output
Digital input
Digital input
Max.
resolution
1.7 µA (output)
5
A1S63ADA
-10 – +10 V
voltage input
current input
앬 Resolution of 0.83 mV and 3.3 µA (input)/
4
A1S63ADA
F
Specifications
A/D conversion
Analog input
V+
I+
COM
SLD
V+
I+
COM
SLD
V+
VI+
IAG
FG
3
-2000 – 2000
-4000 – 4000
-6000 – 6000
-10 – +10 V
4 – 20 mA
0.83 mV (at resolution 1/12.000)
1.7 µA (at resolution 1/12.000)
1.0 % (to the maximum value)
1 ms (1/4000), 2 ms (1/8000), 3 ms (1/12000)
Voltage: ±12 V, current: ±28 mA
1
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power.
32
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
mA 800
kg 0.3
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 36251
Analog output
0 – 10 V
0–5V
0 – 20 mA
0 – 4000
1–5V
4 – 20 mA
-10 – 10 V
1 mV (for analog input range from 1 to 5 V)
4 µA (for analog input range from 4 to 20 mA)
1.0 % (to the maximum value)
≤240 µs (for 2 channels); scan time 80 µs (for 1 channel)
Voltage: ±12 V, current: ±28 mA
2
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power.
64
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
210
0.33
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
70543
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Analog Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Modules for Pt100-Elements
Temperature measurement by resistance
thermometer
A1S62RD4
A1S62RD4
RUN
OFFSET
SET
GAIN
RUN
OFFSET
SET
GAIN
CH1
UP
CH1
UP
DOWN
CH2
CH2
These analog modules are used for direct connection
of Pt100 resistance thermometers. The measurement
is based on the three-conductor or four-conductor
method.
DOWN
1
TEST
4
1
5
2
3
4
C
H
1
a1
A1
B1
b1
SLD
C
H
2
a2
A2
B2
b2
SLD
5
6
8
9
A
B
AG
FG
C
D
INPUT
PT 100
E
A1S62RD4
F
Detected temperature value
Max. resolution
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
Isolation method
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
6
7
8
9
10
11
7
Specifications
Method of measurement
Pt100-input points
Connectable temperature
measuring resistants
Temperature input range
2
3
0
A1S62RD3
3-wire type
2
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Linearized measuring range from -180 °C to 600 °C
앬 Pt100 elements according to DIN and JIS are
supported.
앬 A cable break is indicated to the CPU by the
module.
앬 Calculation of average value over the time or
measurement cycles can be configured.
앬 Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
앬 The module is provided with a removable terminal block fastened with screws.
A1S62RD4
4-wire type
2
type Pt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1989 and DIN IEC 751), JPt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1981)
°C Pt 100: -180 – 600 (27.08 Ω – 313.59 Ω), JPt 100: -180 – 600 (25.8 Ω – 317.28 Ω)
16 bits signed binary: -1800 – +6000
16 bit signed binary:
-1800 – +6000
32 bits signed binary: -180000 – +600000
32 bit signed binary: -180000 – +600000
0.025
°C 0.025
±1 % (to the maximum value)
±1 % (to the maximum value)
40 ms per channel ON
40 ms per channel ON
No isolation between channels. Photocoupler isolation between input terminal and PC CPU power.
32
32
All modules are fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 2
mm2 0.75 – 2
440
mA 540
0.28
kg 0.29
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25710
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
25712
23
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Analog Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Analog Module for Temperature Measurement
Temperature measurement by thermocouple
AQ
This module is used for temperature measurement by
means of a thermocouple. The reference temperature
is determined by means of a Pt100 resistance thermometer.
BASICS
A1S68TD
A1S68TD
RUN
RUN
CH1+
0
3
4
1
2
3
+ H
C
4 _
H_
5
5
6
7
+
8
9
10
6
+ C
H _
C
6
H_
7
7
+
12
4
5
8
C
+ C
H
H
6 _
9
5 _
+
A
FG C
H _
8
FG
B
C
D
A/D
0~HV
0~20mA
E
Specifications
Input points
Temperature input range
Detected temperature value
Scaling value
Thermocouple
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Pt100 input for the reference temperature.
앬 Linearized measuring range up to 1700 °C
(thermocouple-dependent)
앬 The thermocouple types B, R, S, K, E, J and T with
the thermoelectric voltage curves according to
DIN IEC 584-1 are supported.
앬 Potential isolation between process and control
by means of an optocoupler is a standard
feature.
앬 The module is provided with a removable terminal block fastened with screws.
A1S68TD
8
°C 0 – 1 700
16 bits signed binary: 0 – 17000 (value to the first decimal place x 10)
°C 16 bits signed: 0 – +2000
Temperature
Conversion accuracy
Type
measurement range
(at operating ambient temperature is Ta = 25 ± 5°C)
B
800 – 1700 °C
±2.5 °C
R
300 – 1600 °C
±2 °C
S
300 – 1600 °C
±2 °C
K
0 – 1200 °C
E
0 – 800 °C
±0.5 °C or 0.25 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
J
0 – 750 °C
Cold junction compensation accuracy
Overall accuracy
Max. resolution
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. input voltage
Isolation method
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
11
Special features:
앬 The module has 8 thermocouple inputs and a
A1S68TD
F
Order information
1
2
B
T
D
V
mm2
mA
kg
mm
Temperature characteristic
(whenoperatingambienttemperaturevariesby∆T=1°C)
±0.4 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.07 °C or 0.02 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
T
0 – 350 °C
±1 °C
(Conversion accuracy Ta) + (temperature characteristic) x (operating ambient temperature variation) ± 1 °C *
B, R, S:
0.3 °C
K, E, J, T:
0.1 °C
400 ms / 8 channels, without respect to the number of used channels
±5
Transformer
32
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
320
0.28
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 46476
* Example:
Overall accuracy = (conversion accuracy at Ta = 25 °C ±5 °C) + (temperature characteristic by ∆T = 1 °C) x (operating ambient temperature variation) + (± 1 °C)
Example for thermocouple type 3 when the operating ambient temperature is 35 °C = (±2.5 °C) + (±0.4 °C) x (5 °C) + (±1 °C) = ±5.5 °C
Ta = operating ambient temperature
∆T = operating ambient temperature variation
24
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Temperature Control Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Temperature Control Modules
Temperature control modules with
PID algorithm
A1SJ64TCTT
CH1
CH2
OUT
ALM
BR.W
OUT
ALM
BR.W
A1SJ64TCTT
RUN
OUT
ALM
BR.W
OUT
ALM
BR.W
CH3
CH1
CH4
CH2
OUT
ALM
BR.W
OUT
ALM
BR.W
RUN
OUT
ALM
BR.W
OUT
ALM
BR.W
CH3
These modules enable PID algorithm temperature
control without placing any load on the PLC CPU for
the temperature control tasks.
AQ
BASICS
CH4
Special features:
앬 Four temperature input channels
앬 Auto-tuning function for the 4 PID control circuits
앬 Temperature control can continue even when the
L1
L2
L3
L4
NC
NC
C
H
2
C
H
1
PLC program is stopped
앬 Transistor output with pulse train to drive the
actuator in the control circuit
앬 The module is provided with a removable termi-
C
J
nal block fastened with screws
NC
C
H
4
C
H
3
A1S64TCTT
Specifications
A1S64TCRT-S1
Control output
type Transistor
A1S64TCTT-S1
Transistor
Inputs
4 channels per module
4 channels per module
Supported thermocouples
Pt100 (-200 – +600 °C), JPt100 (-200 – +500 °C)
R, K, J, T, S, B, E, N, U, L, P L II, W5Re/W26Re
0.5 s / 4 channels
0.5 s / 4 channels
Sampling cycle
Control output cycle
s 1 – 100
1 – 100
Input filter
1 – 100 s (0 s: input filter OFF)
1 – 100 s (0 s: input filter OFF)
Temperature control method
PID constant setting
proportional
band P
PID constant
range
integral constant I
differential constant D
Target value setting range
PID ON/OFF impulse or 2-position control
Setting with automatic tuning possible
0.0 – 100.0 % (0 %: 2-position control)
1 – 3600 s
1 – 3600 s (0 setting for PID control)
Within the temperature range of the Pt100 sensor used
PID ON/OFF impulse or 2-position control
Setting with automatic tuning possible
0.0 – 1000.0 % (0 %: 2-position control)
1 – 3600 s
1 – 3600 s (0 setting for PID control)
Within the temperature range of the thermocouple used
Dead band setting range
0.1 – 10.0 %
0.1 – 10.0 %
Transistor
output
output signal
ON/OFF pulse
ON/OFF pulse
rated load voltage
10.2 – 30 V DC
10.2 – 30 V DC
max. load current
0.1 mA/1 point, 0.4 mA/common
0.1 mA/1 point, 0.4 mA/common
max. rush current
max. voltage drop
when ON
400 mA for 10 ms
0.1 V DC (TYP) 0.1 A
2.5 V DC (MAX) 0.1 A
OFF → ON: < 2 ms
ON → OFF: < 2 ms
Transformer
400 mA for 10 ms
0.1 V DC (TYP) 0.1 A
2.5 V DC (MAX) 0.1 A
OFF → ON: < 2 ms
ON → OFF: < 2 ms
Transformer
response time
Isolation method
I/O points
32
32
Connection terminals
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
mA 330
kg 0.27
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 126507
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
0.75 – 1.5
420
0.3
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
66227
25
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Counter Module
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS High-Speed Counter Modules
High-speed counter with automatic
detection of rotation direction
AQ
These counter modules detect signals with a frequency
which cannot be detected by normal input modules. For
example, simple positioning tasks or frequency measurements can be realized.
BASICS
A1SD61
RUN
¿A
¿B
PRESET
FUNCTION
A1SD61
OUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RUN
¿A
¿B
PRESET
FUNCTION
¿A
OUT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
¿B
0
4
1
PRESET
2
7
8
4
5
1
L
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
+_
DC12/24V
0.1A
A1SD61
E
F
Specifications
Counter inputs
Signal levels
Max. counting frequency
kHz
1-phasekHz
Max. counting input
speed
2-phasekHz
input
Counting range
Counter type
Comparison range
External digital input points
Rated voltage/current for external input
External digital output points
(Coincidence signal)
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
mm2
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA
Weight
kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
COM
D
26
5
6
F.START
3
Order information
3
19
20
Special features:
앬 Input for incremental shaft encoder with auto-
matic forward and reverse detection
앬 Preset count via external signals or the PLC pro-
gram with the aid of the PRESET function
앬 Ring counter function for counting up to a pre-
defined value with automatic resetting to the
starting value
앬 Functions such as speed measurement, definition
of switching points or periodic counting are
available.
앬 The module is provided with a removable terminal block fastened with screws.
A1SD61
1 for incremental rotary transducer
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
50
A1SD62E
2
5 / 12 / 24 V DC ( 2 – 5 mA)
100
50 or 10
100 or 10
50 or 7
100 or 7
31 bits + sign (binary), -2147483648 – +2147483647
23 bits + sign (binary), 0 – 16777215
Both modules are equipped with UP/DOWN preset counter and ring counter function.
31 bits + sign (binary)
24 bits + sign (binary)
Preset, function start
Preset, function start
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (3 – 6 mA)
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
8 transistor outputs (open collector) 12 / 24 V DC,
4 transistor outputs (2/point) (source type) 12 / 24 V DC,
0.1 A/point, 0.8 A/common
0.1 A/point, 0.4 A/common
32
32
All modules are fitted with a detachable terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
0.75 –1.5
350
100
0.27
0.25
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25713
54951
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Timer Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Timer Module
Set timers directly without any programming
A 1ST60
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
The A1ST60 provides 8 timers that can be set directly
with a screwdriver to values between 0.1 and
600 seconds.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Eight additional hardware timers to supplement
ON
OFF
T4
105 1E
105 1E
105 1E
456
T6
105 1E
T7
105 1E
T5
105 1E
T2
T3
105 1E
T0
105 1E
SET UP
T1
the PLC CPU’s own internal timers
앬 Timer setting ranges:
23
TIM. SET
901
78
쐍 0.1 to 1.0 s
쐍 1 to 10 s
쐍 10 to 60 s
쐍 60 to 600 s
앬 Timer status indicated by LEDs
앬 Integrated pause function for stopping the time
of active timers
A1ST60
Specifications
Input points
Timer setting range
Overall accuracy
Setting possibilities
I/O points
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
A1ST60
8 potentiometers for timer setting
0.1 – 1.0 s, 1 – 10 s, 10 – 60 s, 60 – 600 s
±2.0 %
Separate setting with potentiometers and DIP switches
16
mm2 0.75 – 1.5
mA 55
kg 0.13
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 33196
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
27
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Positioning Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Axes Positioning Modules
Positioning with an open control loop
AQ
The modules generate the travel command via a
pulse chain. The speed is proportional to the pulse
frequency and the distance travelled is proportional
to the pulse length.
BASICS
A1SD75P1
RUN
RDY
BSY
Special features:
AX1
앬 Control of up to three axes with linear interpola-
MODE
RS-422
앬
앬
앬
앬
A1SD75P1
Specifications
Control axes
Interpolation
Points per axis
Output signal
Output frequency
method
A1SD71-S2
A1SD75P1-S3
A1SD75P2-S3
2
1
2
Linear interpolation
—
Linear and circular interpolation
400
Peripheral: 600, PC: 100
Peripheral: 600, PC: 100
Pulse generator phase
Pulse generator phase
Pulse generator phase
1 – 400000
1 – 400000
kHz 10 – 200000
Pulse control: absolute data and/or incremental; speed/position swiching control: incremental;
locus control: absolute data and/or incremental
1 – 16252928 pulse,
max. 162 m
(command unit:
0.1 – 10 mm/pulse),
positioning
units
Positioning
positioning
speed
max. 16200 degree
or
max. 16200 inch
(command unit:
1 x 105 – 0.001 degree/pulse
1 x 105 – 0.001 inch/pulse)
10 – 200000 pulse/s,
10 – 120000 mm/min,
1 – 12000 degree/min
1 – 12000 inch/min
Automatic trapezoidal acceleration
and deceleration
acceleration/deceleration
processing
acceleration and
64 – 50000 ms
deceleration time
rapid stop decceleration time
I/O points
48 (2 slots)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 800
External power consumption
mA 50
(4.75 – 26.4 V DC)
Weight
kg 0.38
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm 69.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
Accessories
tion (A1SD71-S2, A1SD75P2/P3) or circular
interpolation (A1SD75P2/P3)
Storage of up to 400 positional data in the
A1SD71-S2 (battery-supported) or 600 positional
data in the A1SD75P1/P2/P3 (flash ROM)
Units of travel can be defined in pulses, mm, inch
or degrees.
In the A1SD71-S2, configuration and presetting of
positional data is performed via the PLC program
or with the aid of the teaching unit AD71TU.
In the A1SD75P1/P2/P3, configuration and presetting of positional data is carried out by means
of the PLC program (all 400 positional data) or with
the aid of the MS-DOS software SW1IVD-AD75PE
Art.no. 33200
Absolute data
method:
-2147483648
– 2147483647 pulse
-214748364.8 – 214748364.7 µm
-21474.83648 – 21474.83647 inch
0 – 359.99999 degree
Incremental
method:
-2147483,648
-214 748 364.8
-21474.83648
-21474.83648
Speed/position
switching control:
1
0.01
0.001
0.001
–
–
–
–
1000000
6000000.00
600000.000
600000.000
–
–
–
–
0 – 2147483647
0 – 214748364.7
0 – 21474.83647
0 – 21474.83647
pulse/min
mm/min
degree/min
inch/min
A1SD75P3-S3
3
Linear and circular interpolation
Peripheral: 600, PC: 100
Pulse generator phase
1 – 400 000
2147483 647 pulse
214 748 364.7 µm
21474.83647 degree
21474.83647 nch
pulse
µm
degree
inch
Automatic trapezoidal or S-pattern acceleration and deceleration
1 – 65535 [8388608]* ms
(4 patterns each can be set)
1 – 65535 [8388608]* ms
32
700
32
700
32
700
—
—
—
0.35
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
0.35
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
0.35
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
65028
65029
65030
Software for all A1SD75: SW1왏VD-AD75PE, art. no.: 65619; adapter cable: A1SD75-C01H, art. no.: 54943; spare part plug for axis control, 36 pins, art. no.: 62890
* Values in brackets indicate stepping motor mode
28
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Positioning Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Single Axis Positioning Module
Positioning with position control loop
A1SD70
IN-POS.
POLE
0
1
N 2
2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9 2N
10
11
12
13
PC RDY
SV RDY
ZERO
BUSY
ERR.1
ERR.2
EEX
V-MODE
DOG
STOP
FLS
RLS
¯A
AQ
BASICS
¯B
¯Z
WDT ERR.
OUT
Special features:
앬 The positional data is preset by means of the PLC
GND
CONT.
GAIN
program.
앬 Integrated digital/analog converter for converting
the digital adjustment into an analog signal
앬 Online speed and address change possible
앬 Online monitoring of setpoint value (command
ZERO
+15V
0V
The module is used for positioning by means of servo
drives. Here, the output delivers an analog voltage.
To monitor the position, the displacement transducer
is fed back to the module.
SERVO
-15V
pulses), actual value (feedback pulses) and adjustment (difference between command and feedback)
앬 An electronic gear function permits adjustment of
the distance travelled per pulse
FG
A1SD70
Specifications
Axes
Signal input level
Max. counting frequency
Counting resolution
Acceleration/deceleration time
Positioning speed
External digital inputs
Input rating
External digital outputs
Output rating
In position control range
Acceleration and deceleration
Analog output for speed control
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
External power consumption
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
kHz
ms
mA
kg
mm
A1SD70
1 (with position control)
5 V DC (TTL, RS422), 12 V DC (open collector)
100
31 bits + sign (binary), -2 147 483 648 – +2 147 483 647
2 – 9999
1 – 400000 pulses/s
Zero, stop, upper/lower range limit, servo ready, control mode
5 – 24 V DC (6 mA)
Servo error / module error
5 – 24 V DC
Adjustable between 1 – 2047 pulses (hard / smooth)
Automatic, trapeziodal acceleration and deceleration
≤ 10 V DC (adjustable between ±5 V and ±10 V)
48 (2 slots)
300
200 mA (+15 V DC), 20 mA (-15 V DC)
0.4
69.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 29539
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
29
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Interface Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Interface Modules
Data exchange with peripheral devices
AQ
This module enables communication with peripheral
devices via a standard RS-232C interface. The peripherals are connected point-to-point on a 1:1 basis.
BASICS
A1SJ71C24-PRF
NEU
ACK
NAK
C/N
P/S
PRO
SIO
RUN
SD
RD
CPU
PRT
Special features:
앬 Enables PCs connected to the system to access
E
03
04
F0 1 2
SW
3466
MODE
1:FORM1
2:FORM2
3:FORM3
4:FORM4
5:NOFORM
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
앬
앬
앬
RS-232-C
앬
앬
A1SJ71C24-PRF
Specifications
Interface
Communications mode
Synchronisation
Data
transfer
rate
A1SJ71UC24-R2
type RS232C
Full duplex / half duplex
Asynchronous communications
bit/s 300 – 19200
distance
m 15
Max. no of stations in a multidrop network
—
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits,
Data format
1 or 2 stop bits
Error correction
Parity check, checksum
DTR/DSR control
YES / NO selectable
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
YES / NO selectable
EEPROM memory
—
I/O points
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 100
Weight
kg 0.49
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
30
Art. no. 64561
the full data set of the MELSEC AnS CPU using
graphic process supervision or monitoring software
Support for plain ASCII data exchange with connected devices such as barcode readers, scales
and identification systems
Options for connection of a printer
Integrated 32KB EEPROM memory for logging
quality, productivity or alarm data that can be
printed out when required
Module and communications status shown
by LEDs
The A1SJ71UC24-R4 has the same features as the
A1SJ71UC24-R2. The only difference is that a PC
can access up to 32 controllers via RS422/485
version.
A1SJ71UC24-R4
RS422 / 485
Full duplex / half duplex
Asynchronous communications
300 – 19200 (computer link)
19200 – 38400 (multidrop)
500
32
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits,
1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check, checksum
YES / NO selectable
YES / NO selectable
—
32
100
0.55
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
A1SJ71C24-PRF
RS232C
Full duplex / half duplex
Asynchronous communications
15
—
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits,
1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check, checksum
YES / NO selectable
YES / NO selectable
32 kbyte (400 x 80 characters)
32
100
0.22
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
64562
29537
300 – 19200
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Interface Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS MODBUS Slave Interface Modules
Modbus protocol via RS232 / RS422 / RS485
A1SJ71UC24-S2
The A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2 and A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
enable third-party devices to access MELSEC AnS
and QnAS controllers using the MODBUS protocol.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Support for both ASCII and RTU procedures
앬 Slave functionality – up to 31 MELSEC controllers
can be allocated to a third-party device.
앬 Support for functions 1, 3, 5–8, 11, 12, 15–17,
20 and 21
앬 Enables access to the entire data of AnAS respec.
QnAS CPUs.
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
Specifications
Module type
Interface
Communications mode
Synchronisation
rate
Data
distance
transfer
mode
Data format
Error correction
Isolation method
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
type
bit/s
m
bit
mA
kg
mm
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
Slave
RS232
Half duplex
Asynchronous communications
300 – 19200
15
ASCII and RTU
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check (ASCII mode: LRC, RTU mode: CRC-16)
Photocoupler
32
100
0.49
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 54355
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
Slave
RS422 / 485
Half duplex
Asynchronous communications
300 – 19200
500
ASCII and RTU
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check (ASCII mode: LRC, RTU mode: CRC-16)
Photocoupler
32
100
0.55
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
54354
Interface converter CR01-R2/R4 SET, art. no. 56172 (refer to page 79)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
31
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Interface Modules
왎 MELSEC QnAS Interface Modules
High-speed data communications
AQ
BASICS
A1SJ71QC24
ERROR
RUN
ERR. C.R/W
NEU
C/N
ACK
P/S
NAK
PRO
SIO SD.W.
SD
RD
SW.E.
NEU
ACK
NAK
SD.W.
SD
RD
CH1
ERR.
C/N
P/S
PRO
SIO
CH2
CC
DISPLAY
4 5 6
2 3
2 3
9 0 1
CH2
3456
F 012
F 012
CH1/2
1 9
2 10
3 11
4 12
5
6
7
8
ON
7 89A
B CDE
7 89A
B CDE
SW
3456
CH1
MODE
7 8
7 8
STATION NO.
앬
앬
CH2 RS-422/485
앬
SDA
SDB
RDA
RDB
CH1 RS-
SG
FG
NC
C24
앬
the full data set of the MELSEC QnAS CPU with
process supervision or monitoring software
Support for plain ASCII data exchange with connected devices such as barcode readers, scales
and identification systems
Compatible to A1SJ71UC24R2/R4 with protocol
formats 1 – 4
When the special dedicated Q instructions are
used (protocol format 5) PC process supervision
software can access data at least 5 times faster
than it is now possible using the conventional
protocol formats 1 – 4.
The integrated EEPROM can store up to 200
pre-programmed protocols for accessing
third-party devices.
Specifications
Interface
Communications mode
Synchronisation
rate
Data
transfer
distance
Max. stations in a multidrop network
Data format
Error correction
A1SJ71QC24-R2
Typ 2 x RS232C
Full duplex / half duplex
USART
bit/s 300 – 19200
m 15
—
bits 1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check, checksum
A1SJ71QC24
1 x RS232, 1 x RS422 / 485
Full duplex / half duplex
USART
300 – 19200
1200
32
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity check, checksum
DTR / DSR
RS / CS
Flow control
CD
DC
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
RS232
쏹
쏹
쏹
쏹
YES / NO selectable
32
mA 160
kg 0.249
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
RS232
RS422/485
쏹
쏹
쏹
—
쏹
—
쏹
쏹
YES / NO selectable
32
240
0.294
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
Accessories
32
Special features:
앬 Enables PCs connected to the system to access
X1
X10
4 5 6
9 0 1
ERR
STS
The QnAS interface modules provide extremely high
data throughput rates, which can be invaluable for
process supervision software and similar applications.
Up to 480 data words can be exchanged between the
PLC CPU and the PC per END instruction.
Art. no. 66542
66543
Interface converter CR01-R2/R4 SET, art. no. 56172 (refer to page 79)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS High-Speed Communications Module
Programmable interface module
A1SD51S
CH1 SD
CH1 RD
CH2 SD
CH2 RD
CH3 SD
CH3 RD
RUN
S.ERR.
PROG.
MTSE
P1.RUN
P1.ERR
P2.RUN
P2.ERR
This module works through its own program independently of the PLC CPU. Thus, peripherals can be
operated or mathematical operations performed
without imposing an additional load on the PLC CPU.
Programming is in AD51H BASIC.
AQ
BASICS
M.PRO.
6
789 A
RUN
STOP
RES.
B C DE
CH1(RS-232-C)
SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
CH2(RS-232-C)
ON
Special features:
앬 Two RS232C interfaces and one RS422/485 interface
앬 Two BASIC programs can be operated in parallel
(multitasking).
앬 The tasks can be stored in the module as inter-
preter programs or in compiled form.
앬 The integrated EEPROM is used for storage.
앬 Online and offline program creation is possible.
앬 The module and communication status is indi-
FRONT
SIDE
cated by means of LEDs.
CH3
T E R M IN A T O R
R
O
R
S
P
S
’
E
’
4
N
4
8
2
5
2
A1SD51S
Specifications
Interfaces
type
Microprocessor
type
Number of parallel tasks
Start conditions for tasks
rate
bit/s
Data
transfer
distance
m
Program language
program
kbyte
memory
common memory
kbyte
for tasks
Internal
memory
data buffer to PLC
kbyte
extension relays
extension data registers
Memory backup capability
Memory for programs
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA
Weight
kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
Order information
Accessories
A1SD51S
1 x RS422/485, 2 x RS232
80C186 (15 MHz)
Max. 2
Started by power on, started by the start command from another task, start by an interruption from the PC CPU.
300 – 19200
500 (RS422/485), 15 (RS232C)
AD51H-BASIC
64 x 1 task or 32 x 2 tasks
8
6
1024
1024 (2 kbyte)
Provided for common memory, extension relay and extension register.
EEPROM memory: 64 kbyte
32 (1 slot)
400
0.3
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 46276
Programming software for PC/AT (MS-DOS): SW1IX-AD51HPE, art. no.: 33102
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
33
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS High-Speed Communications Module
Communications module with
3964R procedure
AQ
BASICS
A1SD51S-BAL
The A1SD51S-BAL has 3 standard interfaces for communications with intelligent peripheral devices that
support the 3964R (RK512 active) communications
protocol. This makes it possible to connect products
from other manufacturers without any additional
programming.
Special features:
앬 All three interfaces can be used simultaneously.
앬 You can store up to 30 commissions by setting
the appropriate parameters.
앬 Up to 10 commissions can be executed simul-
taneously.
앬 Optoelectronic couplers for isolation of process
A1SD51S-BAL
Specifications
Interface
Transmission system
Synchronisation
rate
Data
transfer
distance
Data format
Error correction method
Supported 3964R (RK512) functions
Supported data blocks
Supported A series devices
Processing time for FETCH
or SEND of 32 data words
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
I/O points
Internal power consumption
(5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
34
and control systems are fitted as standard
equipment
앬 The module can request data from e.g. a S5-CP525
or CP524 via the 3964(R)RK512 procedure.
However, it can not respond to the requests of
other devices.
A1SD51S-BAL
type 2 x RS232, 1 x RS422
Half duplex / full duplex
Asynchronous communications
bit/s 300 – 9600
15 m at RS232, 500 m at RS422
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bit, 1 or 2 stop bit
Parity check, checksum
FETCH and SEND data block (active). The module can not respond to requests from other stations.
DB0 and DB255
D, W, R
ms Approx. 300
YES / NO selectable
32
mA 400
kg 0.3
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 65065
—
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
ETHERNET
Data communications
ETHERNET is now one of the most
widely-used networks. It provides the link
between the office world and control systems. ETHERNET is a platform for a very
wide range of data communications protocols. The combination of ETHERNET and
the extremely widespread TCP/IP protocol
enables high-speed data communications
between process supervision systems and
the MELSEC AnSH, QnAS, AnU and QnA
series.
AQ
PC
BASICS
ETHERNET
AnSH
Notebook
Terminator
Tranceiver
Repeater
Structure
Up to 5 ETHERNET segments can be linked
to one another per repeater. There are two
standard cable types: “Yellow” cable using
the 10BASE5 interface and “Cheapernet”
cable (Thin Ethernet) using the 10BASE2
interface.
Bus segments using Yellow cable can be up
to 500m long. Cheapernet configurations
support bus segment cable lengths of up
to 185m.
AnSH/QnAS
QnAS
Data exchange
TCP/IP provides logical point-to-point links
between two ETHERNET stations. Using the
TCP/IP protocol a process supervision system can request 256 data words per query,
or a full 480 words if a QnAS compatible
ETHERNET card is used. The speed of the
response to the query varies
depending on the type of CPU used (AnAS
or QnAS) and the ETHERNET module. The
response time of a pure QnAS system
(QnAS + A1SJ71QE71-B2/B5) is around
eight times faster than that of an equivalent AnAS system.
QnAS
QnAS
AnSH
AnU/QnA
Administration
MELSEC MEDOC plus function blocks are
available for all the PLC CPUs, making the
configuration of one or more TCP/IP links
a quick and easy process.
Cable and logic diagnostics are also simple
because all MELSEC ETHERNET cards support the PING instruction.
FTP server functionality
The QnAS compatible ETHERNET modules
also provide FTP server functionality, in
addition to the normal TCP/IP communications services. This means that a personal
computer running standard communications software can read from and write to
the QnAS CPU sequence program via the
Internet.
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Specifications
Yellow Cable
Cable type
10BASE5
Thin Ethernet, Cheapernet
10BASE2
Max. distance between 2 stations
2500 m
925 m
Min. distance between 2 stations
2.5 m
0.5 m
Max. segment length
500 m
185 m
Max. permitted no. of repeaters
4
4
Max. stations per segment
100
30
35
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS ETHERNET Module
The high-speed connection to the PLC
AQ
BASICS
A1SJ71E71-B2
RUN
RDY
BSY
RAM CHK
RAM ERR.
ROM CHK
ROM ERR.
S.C.
S.C.ERR.
COM.ERR.
FROM/TO
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
ON OFF
1
8
4
23
3
456
7
901
2
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
MODE
0 :O N L IN E
1 :O F F L IN E
2 :T E S T 1
3 :T E S T 2
4 :T E S T 3
This module connects the MELSEC AnS system to the
open, non-proprietary ETHERNET. This enables process supersion packages and other programs from a
wide variety of vendors to access all devices of the
controller at a rate of 10 Mbits per second.
Special features:
앬 Both cable types are supported:
앬
앬
앬
앬
10BASE2
A1SJ71E71-B2
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Interface
transfer rate
transfer type
max. network length
Communica- max. segment
tions data
length
nodes
min. distance
between 2 nodes
fixed buffer
Data
buffer
RAM buffer
Simultaneous connections
Transport protocol
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3
Client / server
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
type 10BASE2
Mbit/s 10
Base band
m 925
Order information
Art. no. 62663
Accessories
36
m 185
Max. 30/segment
m 0.5
2 kbyte x 8
6 kbyte x 2
Max. 8
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
mA 520
kg 0.27
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
—
앬
앬
앬
쐍 10BASE2 (Cheapernet using RG58 coax cable)
쐍 10BASE5 (ETHERNET using Yellow cable)
Communications protocol TCP/IP with ARP
Module and communication status indicated
by LEDs
Full support for the MELSEC MEDOC plus programming software package (read and write
programs, monitoring, remote PLC operating
mode change (RUN/STOP))
Ready-to-use MELSEC MEDOC plus function block
available
Integrated bus cable diagnostics
PING diagnostics function support
Automatically detects whether the communication partner is ready to communicate.
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3
Client / server
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
10BASE5
10
Base band
2500
500
Max. 100/segment
2.5
2 kbyte x 8
6 kbyte x 2
Max. 8
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
350
0.27
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
62662
—
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC QnAS ETHERNET Module
The high-speed connection for the
QnAS series
A1SJ71QE71-B5
RUN
RDY
BSY
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
CPU R/W
TRAN. S
TRAN. R
FTP
SW ERR.
COM.ERR.
TEST
TEST ERR.
OFF ON
MODE
0:ONLINE
1:ONLINE
2:TEST1
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
5:TEST4
10BASE
INPUT
12VDC
(FG)
A1SJ71QE71-B5
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Interface
type
transfer rate
Mbit/s
transfer type
max. network length
m
Communica- max. segment
m
tions data
length
nodes
min. distance
m
between 2 nodes
fixed
send/receive
buffer
Data
buffer
variable buffer
Simultaneous connections
Transport protocol
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA
Weight
kg
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
Order information
Accessories
앬 Both cable types are supported:
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
쐍 10BASE2 (Cheapernet using RG58 coax cable)
쐍 10BASE5 (ETHERNET using Yellow cable )
Communications protocol TCP/IP with ARP
PING diagnostics function support
FTP server function enabling program uploads
and downloads via the Internet with standard
communications software
Rapid response times because the system can
exchange 480 data words per protocol
Integrated easy bus cable diagnostics
A function block library for MELSEC MEDOC plus
makes the configuration of TCP/IP links quick and
easy.
A1SJ71QE71-B2
Client / server
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
10BASE2
10
Base band
925
A1SJ71QE71-B5
Client / server
ETHERNET: CSMA/CD
10BASE5
10
Base band
2500
185
500
30
100
0.5
2.5
1 k words x 8
6 k words
8 + 1 FTP connection
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
800
0.28
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
1 k words x 8
6 k words
8 + 1 FTP connection
TCP/IP with ARP, UDP/IP
32
600
0.27
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 66550
—
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
BASICS
Special features:
2 3
456
7 8
901
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
This module connects the MELSEC QnAS system to
the open, non-proprietary ETHERNET. This enables
process supervision packages and other programs
from a wide variety of vendors to access all devices of
the QnAS controller at a rate of 10 Mbits per second.
AQ
66546
—
37
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
MELSECNET/10 Network
AQ
BASICS
Data communications
MELSECNET/10 enables extremely fast
cyclic data exchange between the MELSEC
PLCs of the AnSH, QnS, AnA/U and QnA
series. It can also be used to connect
remote I/O modules to these controllers.
You can connect up to 255 individual
MELSECNET/10 networks to one another.
An integrated routing function makes it
very easy to pass data from one network to
another.
Standard PC
QnAS
QnAS
AnSH
Structure
The ring structure of MELSECNET/10
enables very large network coverage of
up to 30 km.
MELSECNET/10
Cable types
MELSECNET/10 gives you a wide choice of
cable types and topologies:
앬 Coaxial bus (max. 500 m)
앬 Coaxial duplex loop (max. 30 km)
앬 Fibre-optics duplex loop (max. 30 km)
Data exchange
Efficient cyclic data exchange is ensured
with an exceptionally large data volume
of 8192 words and 8192 relays.
Administration
MELSECNET/10 enables you to program
and monitor every PLC in the system from
any station.
The Floating Master architecture ensures
reliable network operation even if the
network manager fails.
Standard PC
AnA/AnU
Specifications
Electrical
Cable type
Coaxial
bus
rate
Data
transfer
Media
Special features
In parallel to the cyclic data exchange it is
also possible for any station to send data to
and read data from any other station, even
across several networks. The system also
supports multicast and broadcast functions.
In MELSECNET/10 systems you only
have to set parameters for the network
manager, making installation very quick
and simple.
AnSH
Optical
Coaxial
duplex loop
Glass fibre
Glass fibre
SI185/230 µm GI50/125 µm
Glass fibre
GI62.5/125 m
10 (20)
10 (20)
10 (20)
10 (20)
distance between
2 stations
m
500
1 000
2 000
2 000
total coverage
m ≤500 (2500)
≤30000
≤30000
≤30000
≤30000
impedance(100kHz)
Ω 75
75
—
—
—
transmission losses
—
—
≤5.5 dB / km
≤3 dB / km
≤3 dB / km
transmission bandwidth
—
—
≥20 MHz / km ≥300 MHz / km ≥300 MHz / km
RG59
RG59
CA7003
CA9003S
CA9003S
—
69365
29603
29603
Max. length
Order information
Art. no.
Fixed length 2 m
AS-2P-2M-A
126228
Fixed length 5 m
AS-2P-5M-A
62430
Connectors
Connection system
Art. no. —
Order information
Cable type
SI cable
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
38
Mbit/s 10
AnSH
Layout
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
Adapter cable from Hitachi
CA9103S plug – ST plug
Fixed length 30 m AS-2P-30M-A
52353
Fixed length 50 m AS-2P-50M-A
62457
Fixed length 5 m
AGS-2P-05 M-625A
104330
Fixed length 5 m
AG-2P-5M-A
38784
Fixed length 4 m
AGS-CS-4M-50A
58630
Fixed length 3 m
AGS-CS-3M-625A
58632
Fixed length 4 m
AGS-CS-4M-625A
58631
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS MELSECNET/10 Modules
Reliable and flexible communications
A1SJ71BR11
PW
PC
REM.
S W .E .
D .L IN K M /S .E .
T .P A S . P R M E .
RUN
MNG
S .M N G
C P U R /W
456
X100
901
NETW ORK
NO.
78
MELSECNET/10 is the most powerful MELSEC
network, supporting both high-speed cyclic communications and powerful acyclic communications
functions.
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
E
R
R
O
R
UNDER
SD
RD
앬 High data transfer rate (10 Mbits/s) with coaxial
DISPLAY
R
L
23
456
901
456
23
456
23
456
X1
901
78
ST.NO.
X10
456
GR.NO.
901
78
23
901
78
A
23
B CDE
F0 1 2
3 46 6
MODE
앬
23
901
78
X1
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R)
2:OFFLINE
SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OFF ON
PC REM:
N.ST MNG
PRM D.PRM
ST. SIZE
8, 16, 32, 64
LB/LW SIZE
2, 4, 6, 8k
OFF ON
앬
SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
앬
앬
A1SJ71BR11
앬
Specifications
A1SJ71BR11
Module type
Manager / local stations
Communications method
Token bus
Topology
Coaxial bus system
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Transmission channel
Single bus
Link registers
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
≤ 2000 bytes
Modulation method
Manchester
Transmission format
Conforms to HDLC
Terminating resistor
Ω 75
No. of networks in one system
Max. 255
Stations per network
32 (1 manager, 31 local stations)
Groups (multicast)
Max. 9
rate
Mbit/s 10
distance
300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
Transmission
cable
RG59 BU / RG6 AU
connectors
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
Max. compensation time
ms ≤ 20
during power failure
I/O points
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 800
Weight
kg 0.33
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
Accessories
Art. no. 47869
Terminating resistor: BNC-75 OHM,
art. no.: 53871
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
BASICS
Special features:
78
X10
AQ
bus systems and optional 10/20 Mbits/s with
optical loop systems
The A1SJ71 BR11 and A1SJ71LP21(GE) modules
can be used for:
쐍 PLC ↔ PLC, PC data communications
쐍 PLC ↔ remote I/O control
Floating Master technology guarantees trouble-free
operation no matter which station in the
system is powered down.
Up to four MELSECNET/10 modules can be installed in a single PLC, handling routing functions
across up to as many as 255 networks.
The network system supports data communications between any two stations no matter how
many networks lie between them.
Large data volumes via link devices for cyclic data
communications.
A1SJ71LP21
Floating Master
Token ring
Redundant optical loop system
Frame synchronisation method
Redundant loop
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
≤ 2000 bytes
NRZI
Conform to HDLC
—
Max. 255
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
10 (20)
SI 200/220: 500 m, QSI 185/230: 1000 m
—
CA7003
A1SJ71LP21GE
Floating Master
Token ring
Redundant optical loop system
Frame synchronisation method
Redundant loop
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
≤ 2000 bytes
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
—
Max. 255
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
10 (20)
GI 62.5/125: 2000 m
—
CA7003S
≤ 20
≤ 20
32
650
0.33
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
32
650
0.33
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
47868
53457
Optical duplex plug for SI cable: CA7003, art. no. 9546
Optical duplex plug for GI cable: CA9003S, art. no. 29603
Optical SI cable:
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228, 5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430,
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353, 50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
Optical GI cable:
fibre optics GI62,5/125 mm; AGS-GS-3M-625A, art. no. 58632
fibre optics GI62,5/125 mm; AGS-GS-4M-625A, art. no. 58631
39
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 MELSEC QnAS MELSECNET/10 Modules
Reliable and flexible communications
AQ
MELSECNET/10 is the most powerful MELSEC network,
supporting both high-speed cyclic communications and
powerful acyclic communications functions. The extremely high-speed data access performance of the
QnAS CPUs guarantees very short response times in
communications between two controllers.
BASICS
A1SJ71QLP21
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
RD
RUN PW
PC
MNG
S.MNG REM.
SW.E.
D.LINK M/S.E.
T.PAS. PRM E.
XX
XX
CPU R/W
456
78
23
X100
456
456
23
456
23
456
456
23
A
23
BCDE
F0 1 2
3 4 66
MODE
Special features:
(R.L.)
앬 High data transfer rate (10Mbits/s) with coaxial
bus systems and optional 10/20Mbits/s with
optical loop systems
앬 The modules can be used for:
쐍 PLC ↔ PLC, PC data communications
쐍 PLC ↔ remote I/O control
앬 Otherwise these modules have the same features
as the modules on the previous page, plus they
can also be used for the configuration of a
redundant master system for remote I/Os in
MELSECNET/10.
23
78
901
X1
901
78
ST.NO.
X10
901
78
GR.NO.
901
78
X1
DISPLAY
R
L
(F.L.)
901
78
X10
901
NETWORK
NO.
E
R
R
O
R
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R)
2:OFFLINE
FRONT SIDE
ON
SW OFF
REM
PC
1
MNG
2 N.ST
XXX
XXX
3 XXX D.PRM
ST. SIZE
4
5 X, X, X, X
6 LB/LW SIZE
2, 4, 6, X
7
8
OFF ON SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
IN
OUT
A1SJ71QLP21
Specifications
A1SJ71QBR11
Module type
Floating master
Communications method
Token bus
Topology
Coaxial bus system
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Transmission channel
Single bus
Link register
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
≤ 2000 bytes
Modulation method
Manchester
Transmission format
Conforms to HDLC
Terminating resistor
Ω 75
No. of networks in one system
255
Stations per network
32 (1 manager, 31 local stations)
Groups (multicast)
Max. 9
rate
Mbit/s 10
distance
m 300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
Transmission
cable
RG59 BU / RG6 AU
plug
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
Max. compensation time
ms ≤ 20
during power failure
I/O points
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 800
Weight
kg 0.3
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
Accessories
40
Art. no. 66540
Terminating resistor: BNC-75 OHM,
art. no.: 53871
A1SJ71QLR21
Floating master
Token ring
Coaxial bus system
Frame synchronisation method
Redundant loop
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
≤ 2000 bytes
Manchester
Conforms to HDLC
75
255
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
10 (acc. to 20 multiplex)
300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
RG59 BU / RG6 AU
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
A1SJ71QLP21
Floating master
Token ring
Optical loop system
Frame synchronisation method
Redundant loop
8192 (0 – 1FFF)
≤ 2000 bytes
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
—
255
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
Max. 9
10 (acc. to 20 multiplex)
SI 200/220: 500 m, QSI 185/230: 1000 m
—
CA7003
≤ 20
≤ 20
32
650
0.3
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
32
650
0.3
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
128797
66541
Terminating resistor: BNC-75 OHM,
art. no.: 53871
Optical duplex plug for SI cable:
CA7003, art. no. 69365
Optical SI cable:
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228,
5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430,
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353
50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC QnAS MELSECNET/10 Module
Complex remote Inputs/Outputs
A1SJ72QBR15
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
RD
PW
RUN
HOLD
RMT.E.
D.LINK SW.E.
T.PASS ST.E.
WAIT PRM.
E
R
R
O
R
AB
456
2 3
456
SW Setting
OFF ON
1
QnA A
2
3
OFF
4
5
2 3
789 A
SW
1
2
3
4
5
OFF ON
BCDE
F 01 2
3 4 56
MODE
901
7 8
X1
DISPLAY
R
L
901
RESET
STATION
NO. 7 8
X10
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R.)
2:OFFLINE
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Topology
Synchronisation
Transmission channel
No. of I/Os in a network
No. of data per slave
Modulation method
Transmission format
Terminating resistor
No. of networks in one system
Stations per network
rate
distance
Transmission
cable
plug
Max. compensation time
during power failure
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
A1SJ72QBR15
Slave
Token bus
Coaxial bus system
Frame synchronisation method
Single bus
Max. 8192
Max. 1600 bytes
Manchester
Conforms to HDLC
Ω 75
255
33 (1 manager, 32 local stations)
Mbit/s 10
m 300 m / 500 m (depends on cable used)
RG59 BU / RG6 AU
BNC-P-3-Ni / BNC-P-5
Order information
Art. no. 68450
Accessories
ms ≤ 20
—
mA 700
kg 0.43
mm 54.5 x 130 x 93.6
Terminating resistor: BNC-75 OHM,
art. no.: 53871
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Enables fast and cost-effective connection of
extremely complex remote I/Os to a host PLC CPU
in MELSECNET/10 networks.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Enables configuration of very complex remote
inputs and outputs with:
쐍 Digital I/Os
쐍 Analog I/Os
쐍 Positioning modules
쐍 Communications modules (ETHERNET/
Computer Link)
쐍 Etc.
앬 Supports definition of a Standby Master for remote
I/Os in MELSECNET/10 networks (only with AnS and
QnAS series CPUs).
앬 The Master CPU can be programmed and monitored from the remote module.
앬 Installation on the main base unit in the place of
the PLC CPU.
A1SJ72QLP25
Slave
Token ring
Optical loop system
Frame synchronisation method
Redundant loop
Max. 8192
Max. 1600 bytes
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
—
255
64 (1 manager, 63 local stations)
10 (20)
SI 200/220: 500 m, QSI 185/230: 1000 m
—
CA7003
≤ 20
—
520
0.41
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
68449
Optical duplex plug for SI cable: CA7003, art. no. 69365
Optical SI cable:
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228,
5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430,
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353
50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
41
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 Interface Boards for MELSECNET/10
Interface boards for MELSECNET/10
AQ
These interface boards enable you to integrate personal computers into a MELSECNET/10-Netzwerk.
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Fast data rates between the personal computer
R-SD F-SD
앬
R-SD
앬
IN
F-RD
앬
앬
F-SD
and the programmable logic controller (faster
than ETHERNET)
The PC can access all other CPUs, even across
multiple networks (integrated routing function)
Perfect for PLC programming at
MELSECNET/10
Ideal for data and program archiving
Up to 4 interface boards can be installed in each
personal computer.
OUT
R-RD
BD080C114G51
Specifications
A70BDE-J71QLP23
A70BDE-J71QLP23GE
A70BDE-J71QLR23
A70BDE-J71QBR13
Module type
Local station
Local station
Local station
Local station
Transmission method
Duplex loop
Duplex loop
Duplex loop
Single bus
Transmission path
Token ring
Token ring
Token ring
Token bus
Synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Modulation
NRZI (Non Return to Zero Inverted)
NRZI (Non Return to Zero Inverted)
Manchester
Manchester
Link points per connection
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤ 2000 bytes
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤ 2000 bytes
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤ 2000 bytes
2 x W + (B+Y)/8 ≤ 2000 bytes
Link devices
8192 link relays / registers
8192 link relays / registers
8192 link relays / registers
8192 link relays / registers
Transmission format
Conforms to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
Max. link points in one system
Max. 239
Max. 239
Max. 239
Max. 239
Stations per network
Max. 64
Max. 64
Max. 64
Max. 32
Max. number of local station groups
9
9
9
9
Optical (SI 200/220, QSI 185/230)
Optical (GI 62.5/125)
Electrical
Electrical
10 / acc. to 20 multiplex
10 / acc. to 20 multiplex
100
GI 62,5/125: 1000 m
3C-2V: 300 m, 5C-2V: 500 m,
2500 with Repeater
3C-2V: 300 m, 5C-2V: 500 m,
2500 with Repeater
type/medium
rate
Transmission
distance between
2 stations
Mbit/s 10 / acc. to 20 multiplex
200/220: 500 m,
m SI
QSI 185/230: 1000 m
cable
Fibre optics
Fibre optics
Coaxial cable
Coaxial cable
connectors
CA7003 for SI cable,
CA7003 for QSI cable
CA9103S for GI cable
BNC-P-5 / BNC-P-3-NI
or equivalent
BNC-P-5 / BNC-P-3-NI
or equivalent
Error detection
CRC based and overflow
CRC based and overflow
CRC based and overflow
CRC based and overflow
Boards per PC
Max. 4
Max. 4
Max. 4
Max. 4
A 1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
kg 0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
ISA bus board
ISA bus board
ISA bus board
126887
128856
126889
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions
Order information
mm ISA bus board
Art. no. 126888
Optical fibre cable, SI type
Accessories
42
5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430;
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353;
50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457;
up to 1000 m on request
Terminating resistor: BNC-75 OHM, art. no.: 53871
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
The MELSECNET(II) Network
Data communications
AQ
MELSECNET(II) enables cyclic data exchange between personal computers and
MELSEC programmable logic controllers of
the AnSH, QnAS, AnA/U and QnA series.
The network also supports the integration
of remote I/O modules. A subordinate
MELSECNET(II) or MELSECNET/B network
can be connected to a MELSECNET(II) configuration.
BASICS
AnU/QnA
MELSECNET(II)
Structure
The loop architecture of MELSECNET(II)
enables the configuration of large networks with a coverage of up to 10 km.
AnSH/
QnAS
Standard PC
AnSH/QnAS
Cable type
Forward direction
The network supports two different cable
types:
앬 Coaxial duplex loop (max. 10 km)
앬 Fibre-optics duplex loop (max. 10 km)
Reverse direction
Data exchange
The network supports a large cyclic data
exchange volume of 1024 (4096) words
and 1024 (4096) relays.
Data
Electrical
Optical
Cable type
Coaxial
duplex loop
Glass fibre
SI200/250 µm
Glass fibre
GI50/120 µm
Glass fibre
GI62,5/125 µm
Mbit/s 1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
m 500
1000
2000
2000
rate
Administration
In parallel to the cyclic data exchange you
can also program and monitor every slave
PLC in the system from the master PLC. The
Master/Slave procedure ensures extremely
efficient network management. Cable
breaks are registered automatically and
continued operation is ensured by the
redundant data cable.
Special features
MELSECNET(II) is very simple to install. The
only parameters that need to be entered
are in a table for the master station specifying the data available for the cyclic data
exchange process.
Transmission
Media
distance between
2 stations
total coverage
m ≤10000
≤10000
≤10000
≤10000
impedance (100 kHz)
Ω 75
—
—
—
transmission losses
—
≤5.5 dB / km
≤3 dB / km
≤3 dB / km
transmission band width
—
≥20 MHz / km
≥300 MHz / km
≥300 MHz / km
RG59
CA7003
CA9003S
CA9003S
69365
29603
29603
Connectors
Connection system
Cable type
SI cable
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI50/125 µm
GI cable GI62,5/125 µm
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Art. no. —
Order information
Layout
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
Connection plugs at both ends;
2-conductor type for interior
installation; simple cable
protection
Adapter cable from Hitachi
CA9103S plug – ST plug
Max. length
Order information
Art. no.
Fixed length 2 m
AS-2P-2M-A
126228
Fixed length 5 m
AS-2P-5M-A
62430
Fixed length 30 m AS-2P-30M-A
52353
Fixed length 50 m AS-2P-50M-A
62457
Fixed length 5 m
AGS-2P-05 M-625A
104330
Fixed length 5 m
AG-2P-5M-A
38784
Fixed length 4 m
AGS-CS-4M-50A
58630
Fixed length 3 m
AGS-CS-3M-625A
58632
Fixed length 4 m
AGS-CS-4M-625A
58631
43
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 MELSECNET(II) Modules
Communication with redundant
coaxial cable
AQ
BASICS
A1SJ71AR21
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
F.LOOP
R.LOOP
RUN
SD
RD
F.LOOP
CPU
E
R
R
O
R
MELSECNET(II) permits a dual communication line.
One is in the standby mode and maintains the communication in the event of an error on the active line
(cable break).
Special features:
456
901
78
23
STATION
NO.
X10
456
901
78
A
23
BC E
F 0 12
3466
MODE
X1
0:ONLINE(A.R.)
1:ONLINE(U.R.)
2:OFFLINE
3:TEST 1(F.L.)
4:TEST 2(R.L.)
5:TEST 3(B.M.)
6:TEST 4(B.S.)
7:TEST 5(S.R.)
FRONT SIDE
R-SD
IN
F-RD
앬 Ring topology with coaxial or optical cable as trans-
mission line
앬 Very simple start-up of cyclic and acyclic
communication
앬 Loopback function in the event of failure of
a local station
앬 Central programming and program monitoring
of all stations in the network
앬 Extensive diagnostics facilities via peripherals or
internal register
F-SD
OUT
R-RD
A1SJ71AR21
Specifications
A1SJ71AR21
Module type
Master / slave
Communications method
Half duplex
Synchronisation
Frame synchronisation method
Transmission channel
Duplex loop
Link register
4096 (0 – FFF)
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
≤ 2 048
Stations per network
65 (1 master/64 slaves)
Modulation method
CMI
Transmission format
Conforms to HDLC
Remote I/O points
512
rate
Mbit/s 1.25
Transmission
distance
m 500, max. total length 10000
Cable type
RG59B/U
Max. compensation time
ms ≤ 10
during power failure
I/O points
32
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
mA 630
Weight
kg 0.33
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Order information
Accessories
44
Art. no. 42069
Optical fibre cable with attached connectors; SI type:
A1SJ71AP21
Master / slave
Half duplex
Frame synchronisation method
Duplex loop
4096 (0 – FFF)
≤ 2048
65 (1 master/64 slaves)
CMI
Conforms to HDLC
512
1.25
1000, max. total length 10000
SI200/250µm
≤ 10
32
330
0.3
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
42323
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228, 5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430;
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353; 50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457; up to 1000 m on request
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 Interface Boards for MELSECNET (II)
Interface boards for MELSECNET (II)
These interface boards enable you to integrate personal computers into a MELSECNET (II) network.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Very high-speed data rates between personal
computers and controller, faster than ETHERNET
앬 Access to all data in the entire network
앬 The PC can access all other CPUs
앬 Available for both coaxial and fibre-optics
cables
IN
OUT
RN
SD
1
RD
2
P21
Specifications
A7BDE-J71AP21
Module type
Master / slave
A7BDE-J71AR21
Master / slave
Transmission method
Half duplex, bit serial
Half duplex, bit serial
Max. link points in one system
4.096 link relay / register
4.096 link relay / register
Transmission format
Conforms to HDLC
Conforms to HDLC
Demodulation method
CMI
CMI
Number of linkable networks
Max. 65
Max. 65
1 Master, up to 64 slaves
1 Master, up to 64 slaves
Stations per network
rate
Transmission
distance between
2 stations
m Max. 1000; overall max. 10000
1.25
Max. 500; overall max. 10000
cable
Fibre-optics cable
type
SI200 / SI250 µm
RG59 BU / RG6 AU
connector
CA9003
BNC-P-5 / BNC-P-3-NI
1
1
Boards per PC
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
Mbit/s 1.25
A 0.9
kg 0.4
mm 362 x 143 x 30 (long AT-bus slot)
Art. no. 29622
Device driver and test software:
Optical fibre cable with attached connectors; SI type:
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Coaxial cable
1.3
0.4
362 x 143 x 30 (long AT-bus slot)
29621
SW1-IM-M NET, art. no. 32191
2 m: AS-2P-2M-A, art. no. 126228, 5 m: AS-2P-5M-A, art. no. 62430;
30 m: AS-2P-30M-A, art. no. 52353; 50 m: AS-2P-50M-A, art. no. 62457; up to 1000 m on request
45
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The MELSECNET/B Network
AQ
BASICS
Data communications
MELSECNET/B is an extremely costeffective network, providing cyclic data
communication for MELSEC AnSH, QnAS,
AnU and QnA controllers. You can also
integrate remote I/O modules in the network. A lower-level MELSECNET(II) or
MELSECNET/10 network can be connected
to a MELSECNET/B configuration.
MELSECNET/B
AnSH
AnU/QnA
RS485 data line
Structure
The bus cable can be up to 1200 m long,
depending on the data transfer rate.
Up to 32 stations can be connected to
one network.
AnS remote
I/O module
Cable type
This network type uses shielded twistedpair cabling as the data transfer medium
(2 pairs).
QnA
QnAS
Total coverage max. 1200 m (125 kbit/s) for max. 32 stations
Data exchange
MELSECNET/B’s cyclic data exchange provides an excellent data volume of 1024
(4096) words and 1024 (4096) relays,
depending on the master PLC used: 1024
relays and words with the CPU types A1S,
A1S-S1, A2S, and 4096 relays and words
with all other CPU types.
Administration
In parallel to the cyclic data exchange you
can also program and monitor every slave
PLC in the system from the master PLC. The
Master/Slave procedure ensures extremely
efficient network management.
Interface
RS485
Cable type
Shielded twisted-pair
No. of pairs
2
DC resistance
39.4 Ω / km
Insulation resistance (20°C)
10 MΩ / km
Electrostatic capacity (1kHz)
70 nF / m or less
Impedance (100 kHz)
110 Ω ±10 Ω
Cable recommendation: Lappkabel Unitronic-Li2YCYv(TP)/AWG20 2x2x0,50
Special features
MELSECNET/B is very simple to install. The
only parameters that need to be entered
are in a table for the master station specifying the data available for the cyclic data
exchange process.
46
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSECNET/B Module
Communication with economical
two-wire line
A1SJ71AT21B
E CRC
OVER
R
A B .IF
R
T IM E
O
DATA
R
UND
1M
B
R
A
T
E
6
9 01
78
901
STATION
NO.
4
78
3466
A
F 0 12
500K
6
23
X1
250K
4
X10
SD
RD
125K
MODE
B C DE
901
4 6
23
BAUD RATE
MELSECNET/B makes it possible to establish an integrated system of up to 32 MELSEC PLC systems via
an RS485 interface.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Bus topology with shielded two-wire line as trans-
mission medium
앬 Very simple start-up of cyclic and acyclic
communication
앬 Automatic data exchange with MELSECNET(II) and
78
MELSECNET/10 possible
앬 Central programming and program monitoring of
SDA/RDA
SDB/RDB
SG(L)
FG
all stations in the network
앬 Extensive diagnostics facilities via peripherals or
internal register
앬 Remote I/Os can be connected to the network by
installing the module A1SJ72T25B as a slave in the
PLC CPU location of the main base unit.
A1SJ71AT21B
Specifications
Module type
Communications method
Topology
Synchronisation
Link register / bus
Max. cyclic data for link in one station
Stations per network
Modulation method
Transmission format
Remote I/O points
rate
Transmission distance
cable
Max. compensation time
during power failure
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
A1SJ71AT21B
Master / slave
Half duplex
Bus
Frame synchronisation method
4096 (0 – FFF)
≤ 2048
32
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
512
kbit/s 125 / 250 / 500 / 1000
m 1200 / 600 / 400 / 200 (depends on the transmission rate)
Shielded twisted-pair
ms ≤ 20
32
mA 660
kg 0.22
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 25723
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
A1SJ72T25B
Slave (remote I/O link module)
Half duplex
Bus
Frame synchronisation method
4096 (0 – FFF)
≤ 2048
32
NRZI
Conforms to HDLC
512
125 / 250 / 500 / 1000
1200 / 600 / 400 / 200 (depends on the transmission rate)
Shielded twisted-pair
≤ 20
—
660
0.4
54.5 x 130 x 93.6
47871
47
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The CC-Link Network
AQ
BASICS
Data communications
The MELSEC CC-Link network provides
fast data communications with different
devices. The following components
among others can be integrated:
앬 Remote digital inputs/outputs
앬 Remote analogue inputs/outputs
앬 High-speed counters
앬 Positioning modules
앬 Modules for temperature measurement
앬 Distributed intelligence (e.g. FX2N)
앬 Frequency inverters (e.g. FR-A 540)
앬 Operator terminals (e.g.. GOT)
앬 Third party devices like gateways,
solenoid valves, barcode readers, etc.
AnSH/QnAS
AnU/QnA
MELSECNET(10)
Master
station
CC LINK
QnAS
Local station/
Standby master
FX0N/
FX2N
GRAPHIC OPERATION
TERMINAL
Operator terminals
GOT series
MITSUBISHI
Structure
Decentralised
analog
I/O modules
The maximum bus segment extension
is 1,200 m (at 156 kbit/s max.). With a
reduced extension, transfer rates of up
to 10 Mbit/s can be achieved.
Decentralised
digital
I/O modules
Personal
Computer with
Interface board
FR-A 500
FR-E 500
Cable types
The data communications requires standardized shielded twisted-pair cable.
Decentralised
special function
modules
Terminator
Data exchange
Various data like digital and analogue data
can be exchanged easily. In addition to the
cyclic transmission of word data, CC-Link
systems handle transient transmission
(message transmission) as well. This enables data communication with intelligent
devices such as display devices, bar code
readers, measuring devices, and personal
computers.
Various special features provide a particular economic network administration:
앬 Automatic online return function after
the removal of a unit from the network.
앬 Stand-by master function for redundancy across the system.
앬 Automatic link cutoff function of a
faulty slave station without interrupting network communications.
앬 Link status confirmation.
앬 Extensive test and diagnostics functions.
Administration
The programming software packages
MELSEC MEDOC plus and MELSEC MEDOC
GPP/WIN ensure an easy setup and commissioning.
48
Cabel
Shielded twisted-pair
Diameter
0,5 mm2 (1 pair)
Cable resistance (20 °C)
≤37,8 Ω / km
Electrostatic capacity (1kHz)
60 nF / km
Impedance (1 MHz)
100 Ω ±15 %
Insulation resistance
≥10.000 MΩ / km
Voltage withstand
500 V DC for 1 minute
Maximal distance
1.200 m
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 CC-Link Master Module
Connection of remote inputs/outputs
A1SJ61QBT11
SW
M/S
PRM
TIME
LINE
RUN
ERR.
MST
S MST
LOCAL
CPU R/W
L RUN
L ERR.
STATION NO.
E
R
R
O
R
SD
RD
The CC-Link enables the control and monitoring of I/O
modules on a remote machine. The data is transferred
to the central controllers via the master module.
Special features:
are set directly via the master module.
MODE
앬 The communication between the remote modules
X
1
OFF
M/L
ON
S MST
CLEAR
1
HOLD
4
B RATE
156K
0
625K
1
2.5M
2
5M
3
10M
4
앬
앬
NC
DA
NC
앬
DB
NC
DG
NC
SLD
앬
NC
(FG)
A1SJ61BT11
앬
and the master module is performed automatically
(refresh rate of up to 3.9 ms for 2048 I/O points).
With one master module a system can be
extended by up to 2048 remote I/O points.
An additional stand-by master establishes a
duplex system.
Automatic link cutoff function of a faulty slave
station without interrupting network communications.
Automatic online return of a station after error
corrective action without network reset.
Data transfer via shielded twisted pair cable.
A1SJ61QBT11
Module type
Master / Local Station
Master / Local Station
CPU series
MELSEC AnS series
MELSEC QnAS series
Link points
per station
I/O points
32
register
8
Decentral I/O points
2048
Number of connectable modules
Max. 64 (Remote I/O modules: max. 64; Remote special function modules: max. 42; local stations: max. 24)
I/O refresh time
ms 3.9 – 6.7
speed
Transmission
Mbit/s 10; 5; 2.5; 0.62; 0.15
type
Bus
distance
m 100 m at 10 Mbit/s; 150 m at 5 Mbit/s; 200 m at 2.5 mbit/s; 600 m at 0,62 Mbit/s; 1200 m at 0.15 Mbit/s
total distance
m Max. 1200m
Synchronizations method
Frame synchronisation
Modulation
NRZI
Tramsmission route type
Bus (RS485)
Transmission format
HDLC
Transmission
cable
type
Shielded twisted-pair
no. of cores
2
cable resistance (20 °c)
Max. 37.8 Ω/km
insulation resistance (1 kHz)
Max. 60 nF/km
characteristic
impedance (100 kHz)
100 ±15Ω
cable resistance (20 °C)
10000 MΩ/km
diameter
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
BASICS
앬 The parameters of all modules across the network
X
10
Specifications
AQ
0.5 mm2
32
mA 400
kg 0.25
mm 37.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 75497
126738
Programming software: MELSEC MEDOC plus or MELSEC MEDOC GPP/WIN (see page 92)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
49
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 CC-Link Remote Digital Input and Combination Modules
Remote inputs
AQ
The remote input modules acquire the signals within
short distance from the machine. The advantage is a
reduced cabling requirement and the capability of
aquiring data and operation results of individual
machine modules autonomously, electrically, and
mechanically.
Besides three different input modules with up to
32 inputs, a combined module with 8 inputs and
8 outputs is available.
BASICS
B RATE
01
2
3
4
AJ65BTB1-16D
MITSUBISHI
PW L RUN SD
STATION NO.
RD L ERR.
X10
9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DG
4
DA
2
DB
7
5
3
1
+24V
6
SLD
24G
8
10
16
14
12
27
25
26
24
22
20
18
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
X1
01 901
2
2 8
3
3 7
6 54 6 54
B116D
(FG)
Special features:
앬 Up to 64 I/O modules with a maximum of 32 inputs
DA
2
DB
DG
4
7
24G
8
SLD
(FG)
X0
X1
10
X2
X3
12
X4
X5
14
X6
19
17
15
13
11
9
5
+24V
6
3
1
X7
16
NC
18
COM
X9
20
X8
XA
21
23
25
XB
22
XD
24
XF
26
AJ65BTB1-16D
Module type
Input modules
Inputs
16
AJ65BTB2-16D
each can be connected.
All modules are very compact.
Tough, highly shock-resistant pattern.
Status indicator LEDs for the inputs.
Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
앬 Mounting with DIN rail adapters or screws.
앬 Modules can be mounted in horizontal arrangement or in one of 4 orientations on a flat surface.
앬
앬
앬
앬
AJ65BTC1-32D
AJ65BTB1-16DT
Combination module
16
32
8
Outputs
—
—
—
8
Input type
DC input
(sink / source type)
DC input with 8 potential terminals
(sink / source type)
DC input
(sink / source type)
DC input
(sink type)
No. of points per module
16
16
32
8
Output type
—
—
—
Transistor
No. of points per module
—
—
—
8
Insulation type
All modules feature photocoupler insulation.
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
7
7
7
—
—
0,5
Input voltage
24 V DC
Input current
Max. output
current
Damping
voltage
Response time
mA 7
per output
—
per group
—
—
4
ON voltage
V ≥ 14
—
≥ 14
≥ 14
≥ 14
OFF voltage
V ≤6
≤6
≤6
≤6
OFF 씮 ON
ms ≤ 2
≤2
≤2
≤ 10
ON 씮 OFF
ms ≤ 2
≤2
≤2
≤ 12
Status display of inputs
All modules provide LEDs for each input.
Error (RUN) display of stations
LED
LED
LED
LED
I/O points
16
16
32
16
Terminal block
Terminal block
Connector
Terminal block
0.75 – 2.0
0.75 – 2.0
0.75 – 2.0
0.75 – 2.0
60
70
70
0.4
0.27
0.33
197.4 x 65 x 46
165 x 65 x 46
151.9 x 65 x 46
75450
75455
75448
Connection terminals
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
50
NC
B1COM 16D
3
3 7
6 54 6 54
9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Specifications
XE
XC
27
mm2
mA 60
kg 0.32
mm 151.9 x 65 x 46
Art. no. 75447
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 CC-Link Remote Digital Output Modules
Remote outputs
The remote output modules output the signals within
short distance to the machine. The advantage is a
reduced cabling requirement and the capability of
controlling and monitoring data and operation results of individual machine modules autonomously,
electrically, and mechanically.
B RATE
01
2
3
4
AJ65BTB1-16T
MITSUBISHI
PW L RUN SD
STATION NO.
RD L ERR.
X10
9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DG
4
DA
2
7
5
3
1
DB
+24V
6
SLD
24G
8
10
12
14
18
16
Special features:
B116T
앬 Up to 64 I/O modules with a maximum of 32 out-
(FG)
3
1
DA
2
DB
DG
4
7
24G
8
SLD
(FG)
Y0
13
11
9
5
+24V
6
Y1
10
Y2
Y3
12
Y4
27
25
23
21
19
17
YF CLT2+
YD
YB
Y7 CLT1+ Y9
26
24
B122
20
18
16
YE COM2- 16T
YC
YA
Y6 COM1- Y8
15
Y5
14
9 A B C D E F
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Specifications
AJ65BTB1-16T
Module type
Output modules
Outputs
16
3
3 7
6 54 6 54
puts each can be connected.
All modules are very compact.
Tough, highly shock-resistant pattern.
Status indicator LEDs for the outputs.
Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
앬 Mounting with DIN rail adapters or screws.
앬 Modules can be mounted in horizontal arrangement or in one of 4 orientations on a flat surface.
앬
앬
앬
앬
AJ65BTC1-32T
AJ65BTB2-16R
32
16
Output type
Transistor
Transistor
Relay
No. of points per module
8
32
8
Insulation type
All modules feature photocoupler insulation.
Output rated voltage
12/24 V DC
12 /24 V DC
24 V DC
240 V AC
Max. output
current
BASICS
27
26
24
22
20
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
X1
01 901
2
2 8
3
3 7
6 54 6 54
AQ
per output
A 0.5
0.1
2
per group
A 4
2
8
Leak current output OFF
Response time
OFF 씮 ON
ms ≤ 2
≤2
≤ 10
ON 씮 OFF
ms ≤ 2
≤2
≤ 12
Clamp diode
—
Overvoltage protection
Zener diode
Status display of outputs
All modules provide LEDs for each output.
Error (RUN) display of stations
LED
LED
LED
I/O points
16
32
16
Connection terminals
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Terminal block
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
mA 80
kg 0.34
mm 151.9 x 65 x 46
Art. no. 75449
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Connector
Terminal block
0.75 – 2.0
0.75 – 2.0
115
85
0.28
0.47
165 x 65 x 46
197.4 x 65 x 46
75456
75453
51
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 CC-Link Remote Analog Input Modules
Analog linking to the CPU
AQ
The analog input module AJ65BT-64AD converts
analog process signals into digital values that can be
processed by the CPU.
BASICS
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
B RATE
-64ADI
AJ65BT-64DA
MITSUBISHI
DG
4
DA
2
7
5
3
1
DB
+24V
6
SLD
24G
8
10
12
14
RESET
UP
CH. OFFSET GAIN
SET
01
2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
26
24
20
22
5
7
DG
4
+24V
6
24G
8
18
16
Special features:
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
BT64DAI
64AD
(FG)
3
1
DA
2
DB
SLD
CH1
V+
10
(FG) TEST TEST
12
CH1
I+
COM
14
SLD
CH2
V+
16
COM
18
CH2
I+
CH3
V+
L ERR.
CH3
I+
SLD
20
COM
22
CH4
V+
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
CH4
I+
SLD
26
24
COM
AG
FG1
BT64AD
3
4
앬
앬
앬
앬
Specifications
AJ65BT-64AD
Analog inputs
4
Resolution
16 bit, -2048 / +2047
Analog input
Digital output
Voltage
Current
Voltage
Current
-10 V – 10 V
0 – 10 V
0–5V
1–5V
-20 – 20 mA
0 – 20 mA
0 – 20 mA
4 – 20 mA
0 – 4000
0 – 4000
0 – 4000
0 – 4000
-2000 – 2000
-2000 – 2000
-2000 – 2000
-2000 – 2000
Max. resolution
-10 V – 10 V
0 – 10 V
0–5V
1–5V
-20 – 20 mA
0 – 20 mA
0 – 20 mA
4 – 20 mA
5 mV
2.5 mV
1.25 mV
1 mV
20 µA
10 µA
5 µA
4 µA
Overall accuracy
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
I/O characteristics
Max. conversion time
Max. input
voltage
current
Isolation
1 ms/channel
±15 V
±30 mA
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
I/O points
2 stations (each 32 devices)
External power consumption
24 V DC
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
52
4 analog input channels per module.
Selectable current or voltage input.
Resolution 5 mV and 20 mA.
Converting time 1 ms per channel.
Converts analogue values in the range of
-10 to 10 V or -20 to +20 mA into digital values
from -2000 to +2000.
Status indicator LEDs.
Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
Input characteristics can be user-modified via
offset/gain settings.
Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
mm2 0.75 – 2.00
mA 120
kg 0.35
mm 152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 75444
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 CC-Link Remote Analog Output Modules
Digital to analog converter modules
AJ65BT-64DAI
MITSUBISHI
DG
4
DA
2
7
5
3
1
DB
+24V
6
SLD
24G
8
10
12
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
26
24
22
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
27
25
23
21
20
18
16
14
RESET
CH. OFFSET UP
SET
01
2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
19
17
15
13
11
9
These modules serve as remote 4-channels digital to
analog converter modules with 12-bit or 13-bit binary
resolution and output an analog current or voltage
signal. With this signal for example, frequency
inverters, valves or sliders can be controlled.
앬 Up to 4 channels per module.
앬 Resolution of the digital input signals selectable in
BT64DAI
(FG)
3 steps: 1/4000, 1/8000, 1/12000.
3
1
DA
2
DB
DG
4
SLD
5
7
+24V
6
24G
8
11
9
HDL/
CLR
HDL/
CLR
10
12
(FG) TEST TEST
13
14
17
15
CH1
I+
16
18
21
19
20
L ERR.
22
25
24
COM
COM
COM
23
3
4
27
CH4
I+
CH3
I+
CH2
I+
26
BTCOM 64DAI
GAIN DOWN
앬 Gain and offset setting provided for each channel.
앬 Converting time of 1 ms per channel and 4 ms for
4 channels.
앬 Status indicator LEDs.
앬 Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
앬 Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
Specifications
AJ65BT-64DAV
AJ65BT-64DAI
Analog outputs
4
4
Resolution
12 bit, -2048 to +2.047
12 bit, 0 – 4095
Analog output
-10 V – 0 V – +10 V DC (external input resistance 2 kΩ – 1 MΩ)
4 – 20 mA DC (external input resistance 0 – 600 Ω)
Digital input
Analog output
Digital input
Analog output
Resolution
Voltage
Resolution
Current
2000
1000
0
-1000
-2000
+10 V
+5 V
0V
-5 V
-10 V
I/O characteristics
4000
2000
0
+20 mA
+12 mA
+4 mA
Offset/Gain setting
Yes (users or factory setting)
Overall accuracy
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
±1.0 % (for the whole measurement range)
Max. conversion time
Max. 1 ms/1 channel, 4 ms/4 channels
Max. 1 ms/1 channel, 4 ms/4 channels
Isolation method
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
I/O points
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
2 stations (32 devices)
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
Yes (users or factory setting)
2 stations (32 devices)
0.75 – 2.0
mA 180
270
kg 0.4
0.4
mm 152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 75446
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
152 x 65 x 63
75445
53
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 CC-Link Remote Analog Input Modules for Pt100-Elements
Connection of Pt100-elements
AQ
The analog modules AJ65BT-64RD3 and
AJ65BT-64RD4 provide analog inputs for measuring
values of Pt100 elements.
BASICS
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
B RATE
-64RDI4
AJ65BT-64DA
MITSUBISHI
SW
0
1~4
9
DG
4
DA
2
7
5
3
1
DB
+24V
6
SLD
10
12
26
24
22
Special features:
앬 Linear measuring range without adjustment of
27
25
23
21
20
18
16
14
RESET
CH. OFFSET UP
SET
01
2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
19
17
15
13
11
9
24G
8
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
MODE
NORMAL
TEST CH.
TEST
the measuring values.
BT64DAI
64RD4
앬 Direct output of the measuring values in °C.
앬 Temperature measuring range of -180°C to +600°C
(FG)
DA
2
DG
4
DB
SLD
+24V
6
24G
8
(FG)
11
9
7
5
3
1
a1
A1
10
B1
13
b1 SLD
14
12
a2
SLD
A2
16
b2
18
B2
a3
L ERR.
9 TEST
b3
A3
20
22
SLD
B3
3
4
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
SLD
24
A4
26
a4
GAIN DOWN
B4
b4
BT64RD4
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
Specifications
AJ65BT-64RD3
AJ65BT-64RD4
Pt100-input points
4
4
Method of measurement
3-wire type
4-wire type
Connectable temperature
measuring resistants
Pt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1989 and DIN IEC 751), JPt100 (conforms to JIS C 1604-1981)
Temperature
Overall
accuracy
Measurement
range
°C -180 – +600
-180 – +600
Detected value
16 bits signed binary: -1800 – +6000
32 bits signed binary: -180000 – +600000
16 bits signed binary: -1800 – +6000
32 bits signed binary: -180000 – +600000
at 25 °C (±5%)
±0.1 % (for the whole measurement range)
±0.1 % (for the whole measurement range)
at <20 °C or > 30 °C
Resolution
±0.25 % (for the whole measurement range)
°C 0.025
±0.25 % (for the whole measurement range)
0.025
Max. conversion time
40 ms / Pt100 input
Isolation
Photocoupler isolation between output terminals and PC power for all modules.
Modules per network
Max. 16 Pt100 analog input modules in one network
Max. 16 Pt100 analog input modules in one network
I/O points
4 stations (128 devices)
4 stations (128 devices)
Applicable wire size
External voltage sopply
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
54
in combination with a Pt100-element according
to DIN IEC 751.
Platinum sensors can be connected directly.
A line break is indicated to the PLC by the module.
The conversion can be enabled or disabled for
each channel individually.
Averaging on time or measuring cycles can be
parametrized.
Status indicator LEDs.
Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocouplers.
Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
24 V DC
mA 170
kg 0.38
mm 152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 88026
40 ms / Pt100 input
0.75 – 2.0
24 V DC
170
0.38
152 x 65 x 63
88027
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 CC-Link Remote High-Speed Counter Modules
Automatic hardware counter
The high-speed counter modules acquire signals at a
frequency which conventional input modules can not
acquire. Positioning tasks or frequency measurements for example can be performed.
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
B RATE
-D62DI
AJ65BT-64DA
MITSUBISHI
DG
4
DA
2
DB
+24V
6
SLD
24G
8
10
12
18
16
14
RING
CH. 1 2
PLS
CH. 1 2
ON LOW
HIGH
20
22
24
BASICS
RESET
Special features:
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
7
5
3
1
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
CH. 2
øA
øB
DEC
PRE
F ST.
EQU1
EQU2
CH. 1
øA
øB
DEC
PRE
F ST.
EQU1
EQU2
AQ
26
앬 Input for incremental shaft encoder with auto-
matic forward and reverse detection.
BT64DAI
D62D
(FG)
앬 Count preset via external signals or via the PLC
program by the PRESET function.
앬 Ring counter for counting up to a predefined
valuewith automatic reset to the initial value.
1
11
13
15
19
21
CH2
F. ST
23
CH1
EQR1
25
27
EQR
CH2
EQR2 COM
CH2
9
CH2
7
CH2
5
CH1
3
CH1
CH1
øB(B) PRST
CH. 1
øB(B) COM øA(A)
26
24
BT22
DG +24V 24G øA(A)
20
18
16
CH2 +12
14
CH1
12
CH2
10
CH2
8
CH2
24V D62D
6
CH2
4
EQR1
CH1
CH1
CH1
øB(B) COM EQR1
øA(A)
ST
F.
PRST
SLD (FG) øA(A) øB(B)
DB
L ERR.
HIGH
EQU1
EQU1
EQU2
EQU2
DA
2
Specifications
17
AJ65BT-D62
앬 Functions such as velocity measurement, deter-
mining switching points or periodical counting
are provided.
앬 Automatic multiplication of the counted values.
앬 Status indicator LEDs.
앬 Ready for use with all CC-Link master modules.
AJ65BT-62D / 62D-S1
Counter inputs
2 (1 or 2 phases)
2 (1 or 2 phases)
Signal levels
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
EIA Standard, RS-422-A difference driver
Max. counting frequency
pulse/s 200000
400000
Counting range
23 bits + sign (binary), 0 – 16777215
23 bits + sign (binary), 0 – 16777215
Comparison range
24 bits + sign (binary)
24 bits + sign (binary)
Counter type
Both modules are equipped with UP/DOWN preset counter and ring counter function.
External digital input points
Preset, count disable function
Preset, count disable function
Min. input pulse width
1 / 2 phase: 5 µs
1 phase: 100 µs; 2 phase: 142 µs
1 phase: 2.5 µs; 2 phase: 3.3 µs;
1 phase: 100 µs; 2 phase: 142 µs
inputs
External
External
response time
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
5 / 12 / 24 V DC (2 – 5 mA)
OFF 씮 ON < 0.5 ms
< 0.5 ms
ON 씮 OFF < 3 ms
< 3 ms
outputs
2A
response time
< 0.1 ms
< 0.1 ms
4 stations (128 devices)
4 stations (128 devices)
I/O points
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption
(24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
mm2 0.75 – 2.0
mA 70
kg 0.41
mm 152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 88028
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
2A
0.75 – 2.0
D62D: 100; D62D-S1: 120
0.42
152 x 65 x 63
88029 / 88030
55
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 CC-Link Remote Input Modul for Temperature Measurement
Temperature measuring via thermoelement
AQ
This module supports temperature measurements via
thermocouples.
BASICS
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
B RATE
-68TDI
AJ65BT-64DA
MITSUBISHI
SW
0
1~8
9
DG
4
DA
2
7
5
3
1
DB
+24V
6
SLD
24G
8
10
12
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
14
RESET
CH. OFFSET UP
SET
01
2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
BT64DAI
68TD
Thermocouple
Cold junction compensation accuracy
Overall accuracy
Max. conversion time
Absolute max. input voltage
Isolation method
I/O points
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
5
3
DB
Specifications
Input points
Temperature input range
Detected temperature value
Scaling value
Special features:
앬 The module provides 8 thermoelement inputs
that can be addressed independently.
앬 Linearized measuring range up to 1700 °C
(depending on thermoelement).
앬 Support for thermoelement types B, R, S, K, E, J, T
DA
2
56
26
(FG)
1
Order information
24
22
20
18
16
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
MODE
NORMAL
TEST CH.
TEST
DG
4
SLD
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
9
CH8+ RTD RTD
CH4+ CH5+ CH6+ CH7+
CH1+ CH2+ CH3+
26
24
BT22
20
18
16
14
12
10
NC 68TD
CH8- NC
CH4- CH5- CH6- CH7(FG) CH1- CH2- CH33
L ERR.
4
9 TEST
GAIN DOWN
+24V
6
7
24G
8
with characteristics of thermoelectric voltages
according to DIN IEC 584-1.
앬 Line break detection for each input channel.
앬 Cold junction compensation is possible.
앬 Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocoupler.
AJ65BT-68TD
8
°C 0 – 1700
16 bits signed binary: 0 – 17000 (value to the first decimal place x 10)
°C 16 bits signed: 0 – +2000
Temperature
Conversion accuracy
Type
measurement range
(at operating ambient temperature is Ta = 25 ± 5°C)
B
600 – 1700 °C
±2.5 °C
R
200 – 1600 °C
±2 °C
S
200 – 1600 °C
±2 °C
K
0 – 1200 °C
E
0 – 800 °C
±0.5 °C or 0.25 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
J
0 – 750 °C
V
mm2
mA
kg
mm
Temperature characteristic
(whenoperatingambienttemperaturevariesby∆T=1°C)
±0.4 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.07 °C or 0.02 % of the measured temperature
which ever is larger
T
0 – 350 °C
±1 °C
(Conversion accuracy Ta) + (temperature characteristic) x (operating ambient temperature variation) ± 1 °C
45 ms / channel, without respect to the number of used channels
±5
Transformer
4 stations (128 devices)
0.75 – 2.0
81
0.40
152 x 65 x 63
Art. no. 88025
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 CC-Link Remote Positioning Module
Positioning with an open control loop
The module generates the go command via a pulse
chain. The velocity is proportional to the pulse frequency. The travel is proportional to the pulse length.
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4
4 6 54 6 5
B RATE
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
MITSUBISHI
AX1
AX2
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
AQ
BASICS
MODE RESET
Special features:
앬 Control of up to two axes, linear interpolation or
DG
4
DA
2
DB
+24V
6
SLD
circular interpolation.
7
5
3
1
앬 Storage of up to 600 items of positioning data.
앬 Travel unit can be specified pulse, mm, inch or
24G
(FG)
degree.
앬 In connection with the MELSERVO MR-J2 servo
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4
4 6 54 6 5
B RATE
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
MITSUBISHI
AX1
AX2
1
DA
2
DB
5
3
+24V
DG
6
4
(FG)
SLD
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
MODE RESET
7
24G
AJ65
Specifications
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
Control axes
2
Interpolation
Linear interpolation (2 axes), circular interpolation(2 axes)
Points per axis
600
Pulse control "Point to Point" (absolute data and/or incremental); speed/position swiching control: (incremental);
locus control (absolute data and/or incremental)
method
positioning
units
absolute data:
-2147483648
-214748364.8
-21474.83648
0
– 2147483647
– 214748364.7
– 21474.83647
– 359.99999
pulse
µm
inch
degree
incremental:
-2147483648
-214748364.8
-21474.83648
-21474.83648
–
–
–
–
pulse
µm
degree
inch
Speed/position
switching control:
Positioning
pulse
µm
degree
inch
acceleration/
deceleration processing
Automatic trapezoidal or S-pattern acceleration and deceleration
acceleration and
deceleration time
1 – 65535 ms (4 patterns each can be set)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
1000000
6000000.00
600000.000
600000.000
2147483647
214748364.7
21474.83647
21474.83647
1
0.01
0.001
0.001
I/O points
–
–
–
–
0–
0–
0–
0–
2147483647
214748364.7
21474.83647
21474.83647
positioning
speed
Offset
Accessories
amplifier an absolute position detection system
can be configured.
앬 7 types of home position return functions are
available.
앬 Parameterization and specification of positioning
data can be be done entirely by the PLC program
or by the MS-DOS Software SW1IVD-AD75PE.
pulse/min
mm/min
degree/min
inch/min
Electronic gear and backlash compensation
4 stations with each 128 devices
mA 300
kg 0.5
mm 170 x 63.5 x 80
Art. no. 88002
Software for all MELSEC positioning modules: SW1IVD-AD75PE, art. no.: 65619; adapter cabel: A1SD75-C01H, art. no.: 54943
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
57
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 CC-Link Remote RS232C Interface Module
Data exchange with peripherals
AQ
This module serves for the communication with peripheral devices through a standard RS232C interface.
The peripherals are connected point to point (1:1).
BASICS
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4
6
4
54 6 5
B RATE
RS-232-C
SD
RD
ERR.
XC
XD
YC
YD
RESET
MODE SW
6
ON
78 9 A
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
BCDE
AJ65BT-R2
MITSUBISHI
Special features:
I/O
RS-232-C
앬 Access capabilities of host PCs with visualization
DB
+24V
6
SLD
7
5
3
1
DG
4
DA
2
7
5
3
1
2
24G
(FG)
6
4
R2
AJ65
앬
STATION NO.
X1
X10
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4
4 6 54 6 5
MODE SW
B RATE
Specifications
7
24G
RS-232-C
6
ON
1
XC
2
COM1
3
XD
4
NC
5
7
YC
6
COM1
YD
앬
앬
앬
R2
Typ RS232C (D-Sub, 9 pole)
Full duplex (without protocol)
Synchronisation
Start/stop synchronisation
speed
bit/s 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 (selectable)
channel
distance
Bus (RS485)
m
15
Data format
1 start bit, 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 0 parity bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Error correction
Parity check, checksum
DTR/DSR control
YES / NO selectable
X ON / X OFF (DC1 / DC3)
Universal I/Os
RESET
AJ65
Communications mode
Data
transfer
XC
XD
YC
YD
AJ65BT-R2
Interface
YES / NO selectable
input data
2 inputs 24 V DC (sink / source type)
output data
2 Transistor outputs 12/24 V DC
I/O points
External power supply
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
58
5
3
+24V
DG
6
4
(FG)
SLD
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
RS-232-C
SD
RD
ERR.
78 9 A
1
DA
2
DB
AJ65BT-R2
BCDE
MITSUBISHI
or monitor software to the complete data set of
the MELSEC AnAS CPU.
Supported ASCII data exchange with connected
devices such as bar code readers, weighing or
identification systems.
Two universal digital inputs and outputs each.
Printer control options.
LED indicators for the module and communications status.
1 station (32 adresses)
V DC 24
mA 110
kg 0.4
mm 170 x 80 x 63,5
Art. no. 88003
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 Interface Boards for CC-Link
Interface board for CC-Link
The interface board serves for the integration of a
personal computer as local station into the CC-Link
network.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 PCI board for plug-and-play without DIP switch
configuration.
RUN ERR
the network supported.
RD
SD
앬 Monitor and test function of data available within
앬 Prepared for user-defined programming.
DB
DG
SDL
BD
NO.
A80BD-J61BT13
BD808C083G51
Specifications
A80BD(E)-J61BT13
Module type
Slave
Transmission speed
Max. transmission distance
Link devices
per system
per station
Mbit/s 0.156; 0.625; 2.5; 5; 10 (selectable)
Dependend on the transmission speed (see master module)
2048 link relays , 256 registers
30 link relays , 256 registers
Communications method
Polling
Synchronisation method
Frame synchronisation method
Modulation
NRZI
Transmission method
Bus (RS485)
Transmission format
HDLC
Boards per network
Max. 4
System requirements (PC)
Windows NT Workstation 4.0 or higher, with Pentium prozessor ≥133 MHz, 1 free PCI slot,
min. 32 MB RAM, min. 20 MB ROM (harddisk)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
mA 400
kg 0.16
mm 192 x 107 x 8.8
Art. no. 102866
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
59
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
MELSEC I/O Link Network
AQ
BASICS
Communications Modules
MELSEC I/O Link enables you to operate up
to 64 remote inputs and 64 remote
outputs.
All I/Os in the network are automatically
and cyclically updated at 5.4 µs intervals.
Up to 16 I/O modules can be connected
to a master unit.
AnS / QnAS
AnU / QnA
Structure
MELSEC I/O Link
The data line’s tree topology enables you
to install T-junctions at any point, similar to
a normal house service installation. You
only need to ensure that the total coverage
of the network does not exceed 200 m.
Cable type
The network uses ordinary shielded
twisted-pair cabling as the communications medium.
Administration
For the control program there is no difference at all between the remote I/Os and
the local I/Os on the PLC’s base units.
The station numbers of the remote
I/O modules are set with simple rotary
switches, making installation very easy.
You also need to set the master station
DIP switches for the assigned station
numbers to ON.
I/O-Link modules
AJ55TB 왏왏왏
Interface
Shielded twisted-pair cabling
Cross-section
0.75 mm2 (1 pair)
Loop resistance
≤ 29 Ω / km
Electrostatic capacity
75 nF / km
Impedance (100 kHz)
110 Ω ±10 %
Insulation resistance
≥ 500 MΩ / km
Maximum distance
200 m
Important: Do not exceed the specified electrostatic capacity!
60
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC I/O Link Master Module
Local I/Os with flexible installation
A1SJ51T64
24V
RUN
SD
RD
E S H OR T
R OP E N
ITY
R PAR
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
ES
RT
RA
OT
RI
O
N
The MELSEC I/O Link is very simple to handle.
To put it into operation, all that is necessary is to set
DIP switches to indicate which stations are present.
Otherwise, the local I/Os behave in the same way as
locally installed ones and are programmed
in the same way via the PLC program.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
DATA
DG
FG
+24
24G
RUN A
Online diagnostics by means of LEDs
Cabling in tree structure (T connections possible)
Up to 128 inputs/outputs per module
Refresh time of 5.4 ms for 64 I/Os
The number of master modules is limited only by
the address range of the CPU.
앬 Transmission distance up to 200 m (cable length)
앬 Indication of faulty stations by means of LEDs
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
RUN B
A1SJ51T64
Specifications
Controllable I/O points
I/O refresh time
rate
method
synchronization
method
error control
Commusystem
nication
transmission
path
transmission
total distance
I/O stations
type
Communo. of cores
nication
cable
diameter
Error (RUN) display of stations
No. of occupied I/O points
Applicable wire size
voltage supply
External
current supply
(24 V DC)
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
A1SJ51T64
128 (using mixed modules with 4 inputs / 4 outputs)
ms ca. 5.4
bit/s 38400
Register insertion method
Combination of frame-synchronization and bit-synchronization
Parity check
Bus / tree system
m 200
mm2
16 (modules with 4 I/Os)
Shielded twisted pair cable
2
≥ 0.5 mm2
LED
64 (definable by I/O assignment)
≥ 0.75
21.6 – 27.6 V DC
mA 90
mA 115
kg 0.3
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 47192
I/O link modules AJ55TB 왏왏왏 (refer to the following page)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
61
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 MELSEC I/O Link Modules for A1SJ51T64
Local I/Os in compact design
AQ
The local I/Os have little granularity. For example,
mixed modules with 2 input points and 2 output
points are available.
This system is perfect for updating existing
machinery.
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Very compact design
앬 Three-conductor connection technology for
input points
앬 Installation by screws or integrated DIN rail
adapter
앬 Modules with 4, 8 and 16 input/output points
앬 Galvanic isolation between process and controller
by photocoupler is a standard feature.
앬 Indication of the status of the input/output points
by LEDs
앬 Adjustment of station numbers via rotaryswitch
Specifications
Controllable I/O points
Operating voltage range
Rated input voltage
Rated output voltage
Switch ON
Switch OFF
voltage
current
voltage
current
Load resistance
Min. switching load
Max. switching voltage
OFF 씮 ON
Response
time
ON 씮 OFF
mechanical
Life
electrical
Max. switching frequency
Max. inputs ON simultaneously
Input/output indicator
Isolation method
Communication cable
I/O unit power voltage
supply
current
External voltage supply
External power consumption (24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Ordering information
Accessories
AJ55TB3-4D
4
V DC 19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
—
AJ55TB3-8D
8
19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
AJ55TB3-16D
16
19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
—
—
AJ55TB32-4DR
2+2
21.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240VAC(4A/common)
≥ 14
≥ 3.5
≤6
≤ 1.7
3.3
5 V DC (1 mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
In: ≤ 10 / Out: ≤ 10
In: ≤ 10 / Out: ≤ 12
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
100 %
AJ55TB32-8DR
4+4
21.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240VAC(4A/common)
≥ 14
≥ 3.5
≤6
≤ 1.7
3.3
5 V DC (1 mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
In: ≤ 10 / Out: ≤ 10
In: ≤ 10 / Out: ≤ 12
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
100 %
≥ 14
≥ 14
V ≥ 14
≥ 3.5
≥ 3.5
mA ≥ 3.5
≤6
≤6
V ≤6
≤ 1.7
≤ 1.7
mA ≤ 1.7
3.3
3.3
kΩ 3.3
—
—
—
—
—
V —
≤ 10
≤ 10
ms ≤ 10
≤ 10
≤ 10
ms ≤ 10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
100 %
100 %
100 %
All modules provide a red LED for each input/output.
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
Shielded twisted pair 0.75 mm2 x 1P / lead cable 0.75 mm2 x 2C (for further information contact the Mitsubishi Electric service)
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
15.6 – 27.6
V DC 15.6 – 27.6
45
60
40
50
mA 35
—
—
—
24 V DC / 240 V AC
24 V DC / 240 V AC
—
—
12
23
mA —
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.3
kg 0.2
114 x 45 x 66
177 x 45 x 66
82 x 45 x 66
114 x 45 x 66
mm 82 x 45 x 66
Art. no. 47191
47190
58548
47186
47185
AJ55TB32-16DR
8+8
21.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
24 V DC (2 A/point) 햲
≥ 14
≥ 3.5
≤6
≤ 1.7
3.3
5 V DC (1 mA)
49.9 V AC
In: ≤ 10 / Out: ≤ 10
In: ≤ 10 / Out: ≤ 12
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
100 %
15.6 – 27.6
70
24 V DC
45
0.4
177 x 45 x 66
58546
—
햲 In case of 240 V AC the unit does not comply to CE-standard.
62
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC I/O Link Modules for A1SJ51T64
AQ
BASICS
Specifications
Controllable I/O points
Operating voltage range
Rated input voltage
V DC
Rated output voltage
Switch ON
Switch OFF
voltage
current
voltage
current
Load resistance
Min. switching load
Max. switching voltage
OFF 씮 ON
Response
time
ON 씮 OFF
mechanical
Life
electrical
Max. switching frequency
Max. inputs ON simultaneously
Input/output indicator
Isolation method
V
mA
V
mA
kΩ
ms
ms
Communication cable
I/O unit power voltage
supply
current
External voltage supply
External power consumption (24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Ordering information
Accessories
mA
mA
kg
mm
AJ55TB2-4R
AJ55TB2-8R
4
8
—
—
—
—
24 V DC (2 A/point)
24 V DC (2 A/point)
240 V AC (8 A/common)
240 V AC (8 A/common)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5 V DC (1 mA)
5 V DC (1 mA)
250 V AC / 110 V DC
250 V AC / 110 V DC
≤ 10
≤ 10
≤ 12
≤ 12
20 Mio. cycles
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
3600 cycles/h
—
—
All modules provide a red LED for each input/output.
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
Shielded twisted pair 0.75 mm2 x 1P / lead cable 0.75 mm2 x 2C
(for further information contact the Mitsubishi Electric service)
15.6 – 27.6 V DC
15.6 – 27.6 V DC
50
65
24 V DC / 240 V AC
24 V DC / 240 V AC
23
45
0.2
0.3
82 x 45 x 66
114 x 45 x 66
Art. no. 47189
47187
AJ55TB2-16R
16
—
—
24 V DC (2 A/point, 8 A/common) 햲
—
—
—
—
—
5 V DC (1 mA)
49.9 V AC
≤ 10
≤ 12
20 Mio. cycles
100000 cycles
3600 cycles/h
—
15.6 – 27.6 V DC
85
24 V DC
90
0.4
177 x 45 x 66
58549
—
햲 In case of 240 V AC the unit does not comply to CE-standard.
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
63
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The PROFIBUS/DP Network
AQ
BASICS
Data Communications
The open PROFIBUS/DP network enables
extremely fast data exchange with a very
wide variety of slave devices, including:
앬 Remote digital I/Os
앬 Remote analog I/Os
앬 Remote intelligence PLC
(FX0N, FX2N)
앬 Frequency inverters (FR-A 240,
FR-A 540 (L), FR-E 500)
앬 Operator terminals (MAC E series)
앬 A range of other devices from
third-party manufacturers
Master PLC
AnSH / QnAS
AnU / QnA
Slave units
FX0N / FX2N
max. 1200 m at 93.75 kbit/s without repeater
16 outputs
Structure
several MAC E series
P R O F
The maximum coverage of a bus segment
is 1200 m (at a maximum of 93.75 kbit/s).
Up to 3 repeaters are allowed. Thus the
maximum distance between 2 stations is
calculated with 4800 m.
Cable types
To help reduce costs PROFIBUS/DP uses
RS 485 technology with simple twistedpair cabling.
Suitable cables include the UNITRONIC
BUSLD from Lappkabel and the DUE 4451
from Alcatel.
Data exchange
The PROFIBUS AJ71PB92D and A1SJ71PB92D
master modules support slave device data
exchange with up to 244 send bytes and
244 receive bytes. This means you can exchange a total of up to 128 bytes with a
slave unit per network cycle.
Administration
In combination with the MELSEC ProfiMap
configuration software the AJ71PB92D
PROFIBUS/DP master unit gives you
user-friendly plug-and-play technology.
The configuration software is self-explanatory, using a graphical model for setting up
the network. You simply select the slave
unit (e.g. FX2N), assign the station numbers and specify where the information is
stored in the master CPU.
Of course, PROFIBUS/DP slaves from
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC can also be
connected to master devices from other
manufacturers.
64
I
PROCESS FIELD BUS
B U S
MT series
MC series
FR-E 520/540
FR-A 540(L)EC
Specifications
Master AJ71PB92
Communications protocol
EN 50170 / DIN 19245-T3
Cabling
Shielded twisted-pair with 24 AWG = 0.22 mm2, impedance: 100 – 130 Ω;
Shielded twisted-pair with 22 AWG = 0.34 mm2, impedance: 135 – 165 Ω;
Interface
Master A1SJ71PB92D
RS485
distance
Data
transfer
rate
1 200 m
kbit/s 9.6 / 19.2 / 93.75
1 000 m
kbit/s 187.5
400 m
kbit/s 500
200 m
kbit/s 1 500
Max total distance
12000 / 6000 / 3000 (100 m)
1500 (200 m)
m 4800 (3 repeaters)
Slave units per master
60
Stations per segment
32
Repeaters per network
3
Accessories
ProfiConT: PROFIBUS 9-pin D-SUB plug connector for up to 12 Mbaud,
art. no. 87035 (refer to page 82)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 PROFIBUS DP/FMS Module
The open standard for MELSEC PLCs
The A1SJ71PB96F PROFIBUS/FMS module and the
A1SJ71PB92D PROFIBUS/DP module enable MELSEC
programmable logic controllers to communicate with
other PROFIBUS devices.
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 The A1SJ71PB92D PROFIBUS/DP master can com-
municate with up to 60 slave units. Up to 32 input
bytes and 32 output bytes can be processed at a
time per slave station. Supported functions include
Sync, Freeze and specialised diagnostics messages
for the specific slave types used.
앬 The A1SJ71PB96F PROFIBUS/FMS master supports
up to 32 links and supports simple variables,
records and arrays.
Specifications
Module type
Protocol
Interface
Communications mode
Topology
Modulation
Cabling
9.6 kbps
19.2 kbps
93.75 kbps
187 kbps
Communica500 kbps
tions
distance
1500 kbps
3 Mbps
6 Mbps
12 Mbps
Max. nodes
Repeaters per network
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
A1SJ71PB96F
Master
EN50170, DIN19245T1+2
type RS485
Logical token ring with subordinate Master/Slave procedure
Bus
NRZ
Shielded twisted-pair
A1SJ71PB92D
Master
EN50170, DIN19245T3
RS485
Logical token ring with subordinate Master/Slave procedure
Bus
NRZ
Shielded twisted-pair
m 1200
1200, 4800 (3 repeaters)
m 600
m 200
m 100
1000, 4000 (3 repeaters)
400, 1600 (3 repeaters)
200, 800 (3 repeaters)
m —
100, 400 (3 repeaters)
32, 62 (1 repeater), 92 (2 repeaters), 122 (3 repeaters)
Max. 3
32
mA 560
kg 0.27
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 46421
32, 62 (1 repeater), 92 (2 repeaters), 126 (3 repeaters)
Max. 3
32
560
0.27
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
63393
Configuration software incl. configuration cable for A1SJ71PB92D, A1SJ71PB96F: MELSEC ProfiMap, art. no.: 102996
PROFIBUS plug connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT, art. no 87035 (refer to page 82)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
65
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 PROFIBUS/DP Compact I/O Modules
Compact I/O modules for PROFIBUS/DP
AQ
These PROFIBUS/DP I/O modules enable signal registration at the machine with relatively short cables.
The reduced cabling requirements and the ability
to activate individual machine components automatically are among the great advantages of these
modules.
BASICS
Special features:
앬 I/Os and PROFIBUS/DP cable electrically isolated
from the internal circuitry
앬 Outputs protected with melt fuse
앬 Support for data transfer rates from 9 600 baud
앬
앬
앬
앬
앬
Specifications
Controllable I/O points
I/Os in groups with
Occupied stations
Input data
Operating voltage range
Rated input voltage
voltage
Switch ON
current
voltage
Switch OFF
current
Input resistance
Input type
AJ95TB3-16D
16 Input points
16
1
V DC 19.2 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
V ≥ 14
mA ≥ 3.5
V ≤6
mA ≤ 1.7
kΩ 3.3
Sink/souce
Output data
Output voltage
Max. output load
OFF 씮 ON
ON 씮 OFF
External voltage supply
External power consumption (24 V DC)
Withstand strength
Isolation resistance
Response
time
—
ms ≤ 10 (input)
ms ≤ 10 (input)
—
mA —
V AC 500
≥ 10 MΩ
Common data
Isolation
voltage
current
Applicable wire size
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Power
consumption
Order information
Accessories
66
V DC
mA
mm2
kg
mm
to 12 Mbaud
3-pole sensor connection technology
Removable terminal block with screw terminals
Integrated switchable terminating resistors
Rotary switch station number allocation
Both DIN rail and screw mounting supported
AJ95TB2-16T
16 Transistor outputs
8
1
AJ95TB32-16DT
8 Input points / 8 transistor outputs
8
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Source output
19.6 – 26.4
24 V DC (7 mA)
≥ 14
≥ 3.5
≤6
≤ 1.7
3.3
Sink/source input, source output
12/24 V DC (0.8 A/channel) (3.2 A/total)
0.8 A / output
≤ 2 (output)
≤ 2 (output)
10.8 – 26.4 V DC
35, all I/Os ON, no load
500
≥ 10 MΩ
—
0.8 A / output
≤ 10 (input), ≤ 2 (output)
≤ 10 (input), ≤ 2 (output)
10.8 – 26.4 V DC
18, all I/Os ON, no load
500
≥ 10 MΩ
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between I/Os.
15.6 – 31.2
15.6 – 31.2
174 (24 V DC)
188 (24 V DC)
0.18 – 2
0.18 – 2
0.45
0.45
197.4 x 80 x 46.5
197.4 x 80 x 46.5
Art. no. 63079
63080
15.6 – 31.2
183 (24 V DC)
0.18 – 2
0.45
197.4 x 80 x 46.5
63081
PROFIBUS plug connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT; art. no 87035 (refer to page 82)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Basic module (head station) of the MT series
The basic module connects the extension modules
of the MT series (MT = Modular Type) to the
PROFIBUS/DP. The MT devices are mounted to a DIN
rail. Due to the additional second interface on the
basic module the extension modules can be installed
in two rows.
The modules on the separate DIN rail are supplied
with data and the system voltage via an extension
cable and the local system extension module.
901
23
456
X1
MITSUBISHI
ELECTRIC
901
78
X10
78
456
PB-DP
23
STN-NO
MT-DP12
LOC
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Up to 16 digital and 8 analog extension
modules can be connected.
앬 Automatic detection of the data transfer rate
앬 Optocouplers between interface and system
앬 Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
Specifications
Module type
Communications
protocol
medium
Interface
Operation modes
Communications rate
Max. total distance
No. of connectable
extension modules
Adressable digital I/Os
I/O points
Integrated inputs
Digital inputs
Isolation
Rated input current
OFF 씮 ON
Response time
ON 씮 OFF
Short circuit protection
Status display for inputs
Common data
Applicable wire size
Power supply
Internal power consumption (24 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H X D)
Order information
Accessories
UB UB
UB UB
0V 0V
0V 0V
PE PE
PE PE
MT-DP12
Basic module of the MT series, PROFIBUS/DP slave
DIN 19245-T3
Shielded twisted-pair with 24AWG = 0.22 mm2, impedance: 100 – 130 Ω;
Shielded twisted-pair with 22AWG = 0.34 mm2, impedance: 135 – 165 Ω
RS485
Sync mode and freeze mode are supported
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 kBit/S, 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
m 4800 (3 repeater)
local extension MT-LE-SET to be connected to the
basic module.
앬 Up to 256 digital inputs/outputs per basic module
MT-DP12E
Basic module of the MT series, PROFIBUS/DP slave
EN50170, DIN 19245-T3
Shielded twisted-pair with 24AWG = 0.22 mm2, impedance: 100 – 130 Ω;
Shielded twisted-pair with 22AWG = 0.34 mm2, impedance: 135 – 165 Ω
RS485
Sync mode and freeze mode are supported
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 kBit/S, 1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbit/s
4800 (3 repeater)
Max. 16 extension modules (digital and analog I/O modules)
Max. 4 extension modules (digital and analog I/O modules)
256
—
72
—
—
—
—
ms —
ms —
—
—
mm2
V DC
A
kg
mm
screw type and cache clamp terminals
앬 Supported installation in two rows through the
0.75 – 2.5
24
Max. 0.5 (with maximum configuration)
0.28
96 x 114 x 60
Art.-Nr. 68887
Local system adapter MT-LE with extension cable MT-LE-CBL50
(length 0,5 m) = MT-LE-SET, art. no. 69759
Screw type terminal block MT-DP12-TBS, art. no. 68888
Cache clamp terminal block MT-DP12-TBC, art. no. 68889
PROFIBUS connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT, art. no. 87035
(see page 82)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
8
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power.
24 V DC (18 – 30 V)
1
1
Electronic
The module posseses of status LEDs for all inputs.
0.75 – 2.5
24
Max. 0.5 (with maximum configuration)
0.35
96 x 114 x 60
124622
Screw type terminal block MT-DP12E-TBS, art. no.: 124624
Cache clamp terminal block MT-DP12E-TBC, art. no.: 124623
ROFIBUS connector for up to 12 Mbaud: ProfiConT, art. no. 87035
(see page 82)
67
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Digital input/mixed modules
AQ
BASICS
The digital input modules of the MT series facilitate
the evaluation of process data (contacts, limit
switches, etc.) via a PROFIBUS/DP master.
Modules with 4, 8 and 16 inputs are supplied.
Beside the 4 inputs the mixed module MT-X4Y4T
consists of 4 transistor outputs.
MT-X16
X0
X1
INPUT DC24V
X3 X4 X5
X2
X6
X7
+24V
RUN US
X8
X9
XA
XB
XC
XD
XE
XF
UI
MT-X16
Special features:
앬 For the 16-type modules potential terminal blocks
in three-wire technique are available.
앬 The driving power supplying the sensors and
06 07 UI UI
00 01 02 03 04 05
14 15 0V 0V
08 09 10 11 12 13
22 23 PE PE
16 17 18 19 20 21
Specifications
Inputs
Simultaneously ON inputs
Outputs
Output type
Common terminal arrangement
Isolation
Input voltage (sensor supply)
Output voltage range
Output voltage (actor supply)
Max. switching voltage
Rated input current
per output
Max. current
per group
Inrush current
Leakage current at OFF
OFF 씮 ON
Response time
ON 씮 OFF
Short circuit protection
Status display for inputs
Error indicator
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
External sensor/actor supply
Internalpowerconsumption(8VDC)
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
A
A
A
ms
ms
mm2
mA
kg
mm
actors (except relay output) is directly fed into
the module.
앬 Connection of the sensory circuits in three-wire
technique
앬 Standard potential isolation between process and
module
앬 Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
screw type and cache clamp terminals
06 07 UI UI
00 01 02 03 04 05
14 15 0V 0V
08 09 10 11 12 13
22 23 PE PE
16 17 18 19 20 21
MT-X8
MT-X16
8
16
70 %
70 %
—
—
—
—
—
—
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power for all modules.
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.7
0.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
≤1
≤1
≤1
≤1
Electronic
Electronic
All modules have one or two status LEDs per input.
LED
LED
8
16
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks (see accessories).
0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤30 mA)
24 V DC (≤30 mA)
25
30
0.16
0.17
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
Art. no. 68893
68896
MT-X4Y4T
4
100 %
4
Transistor
4
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (-1 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
—
0.7
0.5
4
—
< 50 µA
≤ 14
≤ 0.05
Electronic
LED
8
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
35
0.22
56 x 114 x 60
124625
MT-X16-TBS, no. 68897
MT-X16-TBC, no. 68898
MT-X4Y4T-TBS, no. 124626
MT-X16-PTBS, no. 69400
MT-X4Y4T-TBC, no. 124627
MT-X16-PTBC, no. 69397
* Description of the terminal blocks: TBS=screw type terminal block, TBC=cache clamp terminal block, PTBS=screw type terminals with potential terminal, PTBC=cache clamp terminals with potential terminal
Accessories*
68
Terminal MT-X8-TBS, no. 68894
blocks MT-X8-TBC, no. 68895
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Digital output modules
The digital output modules of the MT series facilitate
the evaluation of process data (contacts, limit
switches, etc.) via a PROFIBUS/DP master.
Modules with 4, 8 and 16 inputs are supplied.
The digital output modules supply different function
elements for the customisation to the required control functions.
MT-Y8T2
OUT DC24V 2A
Y1 Y2 Y3
Y0
OUT DC24V 2A
Y5 Y6 Y7
+24V
Y4
ERR US
UI
MT-Y8T2
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 For the 16-type modules potential terminal blocks
in three-wire technique are available.
앬 The output modules provide transistor outputs
앬
06 07 U01U02
00 01 02 03 04 05
14 15 0V 0V
08 09 10 11 12 13
PE PE PE PE
PE PE PE PE PE PE
06 07 U01U02
00 01 02 03 04 05
앬
14 15 0V 0V
08 09 10 11 12 13
앬
PE PE PE PE
PE PE PE PE PE PE
앬
Specifications
Outputs
Output type
Common terminal arrangement
Isolation
Output voltage range
Output voltage (actor supply)
Max. switching voltage
Switching capacity
conf. EN60947/5/1
per output
per group
Leakage current at OFF
OFF 씮 ON
Response time
ON 씮 OFF
Short circuit protection
Status display for outputs
Error indicator
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
External sensor/actor supply
Internalpowerconsumption(8VDC)
Weight (without terminal block)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Max. current
Order information
Accessories*
at 24 V
at 110 V
at 220 V
A
A
ms
ms
mm2
mA
kg
mm
rated at 0.5 A and 2 A, and relay outputs with up
to 3 A (AC).
The driving power supplying the sensors and
actors (except relay output) is directly fed into
the module.
Connection of the sensory circuits in three-wire
technique
Standard potential isolation between process and
module
Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
screw type and cache clamp terminals
MT-Y8T
MT-Y16T
MT-Y8T2
MT-Y4R
8
16
8
4
Transistor
Transistor
Transistor
Relay
8
8
4
1
Optocoupler isolation between input and output terminals and internal power for all modules.
24 V DC (-1 %)
24 V DC (-1 %)
24 V DC (-0.5 %)
24 / 110 / 230 V DC, AC
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
—
—
—
250 V AC
—
—
—
2 A (AC15) / 1.3 A (DC 13)
—
—
—
2 A (AC15) / 0.25 A (DC 13)
—
—
—
2 A (AC15) / 0.1 A (DC 13)
0,5
0,5
2
—
4
4
4
—
<50 µA
<50 µA
6 µA
—
≤ 0.14
≤ 0.14
≤ 0.3
10 ms
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.05
≤ 0.08
5 ms
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
—
All modules have one or two status LEDs per output.
LED
LED
—
—
8
16
8
8
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks (see accessories).
0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
35
60
35
Max. 45
0.16
0.16
0.18
0.175
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
Art. no. 68899
Terminal MT-Y8T-TBS, no. 68900
blocks MT-Y8T-TBC, no. 68901
MT-Y8R5
8
Relay
1
24 / 110 / 230 V DC, AC
250 V AC
5A(AC12)/3A(AC15)/1.0A(DC13)
5A(AC12)/3A(AC15)/0.2A(DC13)
5A(AC12)/3A(AC15)/0.1A(DC13)
—
—
—
10 ms
5 ms
—
—
8
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤20 mA)
Max. 120
0.325
112 x 114 x 60
68902
68905
68908
124628
MT-Y16T-TBS, no. 68903
MT-Y16T-TBC, no. 68904
MT-Y16T-PTBS, no. 69399
MT-Y16T-PTBC, no. 69398
MT-Y8T2-TBS, no. 68906
MT-Y8T2-TBC, no. 68907
MT-Y4R-TBS, no 69401
MT-Y4R-TBC, no. 69402
MT-Y8R5-TBSLR, no. 125534
MT-Y8R5-TBCLR, no. 125533
* Description of the terminal blocks: TBS=screw type terminal block, TBC=cache clamp terminal block, PTBS=screw type terminals with potential terminal, PTBC=cache clamp terminals with potential terminal
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
69
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
왎 PROFIBUS/DP MT Modules
Analog input/output modules
AQ
BASICS
Analog input modules of the MT series convert
analog process data like pressure, temperature, etc.
into digital values that are sent to the PROFIBUS/DP
master.
The analog output modules convert the digital values
sent from the PROFIBUS/DP master into an analog
voltage signal. This signal can be used to control
valves, inverters, servomotors, etc.
MT-4DAV
CH1
OUT 0...10V
CH3
CH2
CH4
+24V
US
UO
MT-4DAV
Special features:
앬 4 separately parameterisable channels per module
앬 Voltage, current, and temperature evaluation
(MT-4AD) can be set via parameter.
앬 The driving power supplying the sensors and
actors is directly fed into the module.
앬 With the analog input module current, voltage, and
06 07 UO UO
00 01 02 03 04 05
14 15 0V 0V
08 09 10 11 12 13
4-wire PT100 inputs can be operated in parallel
06 07 UO UO
00 01 02 03 04 05
앬 Two selectable types of connecting terminals:
screw type and cache clamp terminals
14 15 0V 0V
08 09 10 11 12 13
앬 Standard potential isolation between process and
module
PE PE
PE PE
Specifications
Module type
No. of channels
Analog input
Resolution of digital output
Resolution of digital input
Analog output
voltage
Input
resistance
current
voltage
Max. input
current
Max. output load
kΩ
Ω
V
mA
I/O characteristics
Max. resolution
Overall accuracy in % of the
measurement range
Max. conversion time
Isolation
Connection terminal
External sensor/actor supply
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (8 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H X D)
Order information
Accessories
70
mm2
mA
kg
mm
MT-4AD
MT-4DA
Analog input module
Analog output module
4
4
-10 V – +10 V, -20 mA – +20 mA, 4 – 20 mA,
—
-180 – +600 °C (PT100)
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
—
—
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
—
-10 – +10 V, 0 – +20 mA
176
—
50
—
±15
—
±30
—
—
≥750 Ω
Analog input
Digital output
Digital input
Analog output
-10 – +10 V
-4000 – +4000
-20 – +20 mA
-4000 – +4000
- 2000 – +2000
-10 – +10 V
4 – 20 mA
0 – +4000
0 – 2000
0 – +20 mA
-180 – +600 °C
-1800 – +6000
2.5mV
5µA
5µV
4 µA
10 µA
0.125 °C
±50 mV (-10 – +10 V)
±80 µA (-20 – +20 mA)
—
±76 µA (4 – 20 mA)
±4.2 °C (-180 – +600 °C)
50 ms/channel
1 ms/4 channels
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks (see accessories).
24 V DC (≤50 mA)
24 V DC (≤50 mA)
0.75 – 1,5
0.75 – 1,5
80
0.225
0.225
76 x 114 x 60
56 x 114 x 60
Art. no. 68909
124643
MT-4DAV
Analog output module
4
—
—
16 bits binary (incl. sign)
0 – 10 V DC
—
—
—
—
≥750 Ω
Digital input
Analog output
0 – 4000
0 – 10 V
—
2.5 mV
—
±30 mV (0 – +10 V)
1 ms/channel
24 V DC (≤120 mA)
0.75 – 1,5
60
0.22
76 x 114 x 60
68912
Terminal Screw type terminal block MT-4AD-TBS, no. 68910 Screw type terminal block MT-4DA-TBS, no. 124645 Screw type terminal block MT-4DAV-TBS, no. 68913
blocks Cache clamp terminal block MT-4AD-TBC, no. 68911 Cache clamp terminal block MT-4DA-TBC, no. 124644 Cache clamp terminal block MT-4DAV-TBC, no. 68914
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 PROFIBUS/DP MC Modules
Digital input, output, and combined
modules acc. to IP67
The digital I/O modules of the MC series support the
evaluation of process signals (contacts, limit switches,
etc.) directly on the machine via a PROFIBUS/DP
master. The sensors and actuators are connected via
plug-type/screw terminals.
Different modules with 16 inputs max. and 8 outputs
max. as well as a combined I/O module with 8 inputs
and 4 outputs are available.
DI2 DI3
DI6 DI7
DI0 DI1
DI4 DI5
AQ
BASICS
D02 D03
Special features:
D00 D01
MC-DP X8Y4
IN
OUT
RN
INT
0
1
2
3
앬 The driving power for the sensors and actuators is
4
5
6
7
supplied directly on the module.
I/O
앬 Connection of the sensory circuits in 3-wire
cabling.
앬 Standard electrical isolation between process and
control via optocoupler.
앬 Overload and short-circuit protection.
Specifications
Inputs
Outputs
Output type
Isolation
Input voltage (sensor supply)
Rated output voltage
Output voltage (actor supply)
Max. switching voltage
Max. input current
per output
Max. current
per group
Leakage current at OFF
OFF 씮 ON
Response time
ON 씮 OFF
Short circuit protection
Status display for outputs
Error indicator
I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
External sensor/actor supply
Internal power consumption (8 V DC)
Weight (without termninal block)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
A
A
A
A
ms
ms
mm2
mA
kg
mm
MC-DPX8
MC-DPX16
8
16
—
—
—
—
Optocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal power
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
—
—
—
—
—
—
< 0.1
<0.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
Electronic
Electronic
All modules have one status LEDs per output.
LED
LED
8
16
All modules can be fitted with screw type or cache clamp terminal blocks.
0.75 – 2.5
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
80
80
0.47
0.47
62 x 217.5 x 70.5
62 x 217.5 x 70.5
Art.-Nr. 127208
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
127211
MC-DPY8
—
8
Transistor
MC-DPX8Y4
8
4
Transistor
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (-1 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
2
—
2
10 at 0–55 °C, 16 at 0–40 °C
<10 µA
0.5
0.5
Electronic
24 V DC (±25 %)
24 V DC (-1 %)
24 V DC (±25 %)
2
<0.1
2
10 bei 0–55 °C, 16 bei 0–40 °C
<10 µA
0.5
0.5
Elektronisch
LED
8
16
0.75 – 2.5
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
80
0.47
62 x 217.5 x 70.5
24 V DC (≤100 mA)
80
0.47
62 x 217.5 x 70.5
127209
127210
71
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
DeviceNet Network
AQ
BASICS
Data Communications
The DeviceNet represents a cost-effective
solution for the network integration of
low-level terminal equipment.
Up to 64 devices including a master can
be integrated in one network.
Daisy Chain
AnS/QnAS
with
master DN91
I/O Modules
e.g. from third party manufacturers
Frequency inverter
Structure
Due to the supported tree structure of the
data line, a T-junction can be installed in
any place. It has to be considered that the
overall extension must not exceed 500 m.
Using repeaters increases the overall
extension to 3 km.
Trunk Line / Drop Line
Frequency inverter
AnS/QnAS
with
master DN91
Cable types
I/O Modules
e.g. from third party manufacturers
For the data exchange a cable with two
shielded twisted-pair cables is used.
Parameterization
Parameterization is done with the configuration software SyCon from Ver. 2.0.6.2 by
the Hilscher company.
Communications
The bus accessing method CSMA/NDA
ensures an extremely fast and efficient
access of the link devices to the bus.
Based on the Producer/Consumer network
model this method ensures greater
determinism of all data.
The slave modules communicate via the
following methods:
앬 Polling
앬 Bit strobe
앬 Change of state
앬 Cyclic
Cabel
Thick Cable
Thin Cable
12.2
6.9
Inside wire for data
(blue / white)
18AWG19x30
zinc plated
24AWG19x36
zinc plated
Inside wire for power supply
(red / black)
15AWG19x28
zinc plated
22AWG19x34
zinc plated
Trunkline
Yes
Yes
Dropline
Yes
Yes
Outline diameter
mm
Max. distance
m
500
500
Max. distance incl. Repeater
m
3000
3000
Information at a size of 8 bytes per data
packet can be transmitted. Packets
exceeding these 8 bytes are fragmented
automatically.
72
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 DeviceNet Master Module
CAN based network for low level terminals
The DeviceNet represents a cost-effective solution
for the network integration of low-level terminal
equipment. Up to 64 devices including a master can
be integrated in one network.
A1SJ71DN91
RUN
L. RUN
MS
NS
AA
AQ
BASICS
Special features:
앬 Up to 64 devices including a master station can
DeviceNet
be configured within one network.
앬 The positions of master and slave stations are
user-selectable.
앬 Transfer rates of 125, 250 and 500 kBaud.
앬 Distances of up to 500 m.
앬 Communication methods
RS-232-C
쐍
쐍
쐍
쐍
Polling
Bit strobe
Change of state
Cyclic
A1SJ71DN91
Specifications
A1SJ71DN91
Module type
Master
Applicable PLC series
MELSEC AnS/QnAS series
Nodes per network
Group 2 Client
Stations per network
0 up to 63
Max. number of slave stations
63
Communications
volume
2048 adresses (256 bytes)
Communication speed
I/O communication
Message communication
Cabel
length
Network power consumption
I/O points
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
240 bytes
500 m 125 kBaud
250 m 250 kBaud
100 m 500 kBaud
mA 26.5
32
mA 240
kg 0.23
mm 130 x 34.5 x 93.6
Art.-No. 124373
Configuration software SyCon from Fa. Hilscher
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
73
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Communications Modules
The Network with Actuator Sensor Interface
AQ
BASICS
Data transfer
The AS interface is an international
standard for the lowest field bus level.
The network suits versatile demands, is
very flexible and particularly easy to
install.
Controlled are
앬 Sensors
앬 Actors
앬 I/O units
앬 Gateways
AnS/QnAS
Slaves
Slaves
Structure
ASI networks can be configured in any
random tree structure.
Up to 2 repeaters are supported providing
a maximum communication distance of
300 m. Terminating resistors are not
needed.
Slaves
Cable types
A special coded 2-wire cable or a round
cable is required.
When using a flat cable the modules are
connected to the cable via push-through
connections while the coding ensures a
reverse protection.
Data exchange
The AS interface supports the connection
of conventional sensors and actors following the master-slave principle.
Administration
Specifications
AS interface
Network management
Master/Slave
Cabling
Data transfer rate
Bus cycle time
Max. overall distance
Coded twisted-pair cable (unshielded)
kBit/s 167
≤5 ms
m 100 (300 with Repeater)
Slave units per master
31
Repeaters per network
2
The I/O points are assigned electronically
through the bus connection or through
the PLC program of the AnS/QnAS
controller.
74
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Communications Modules
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 AS Interface Module A1SJ71AS92
AS Interface master for AnS-/QnAS-CPUs
A1SJ71AS92
RUN
U ASI
ERR.
MODE
The A1SJ71AS92 serves as master module for the
connection of the AnS/QnAS series to the AS Interface
system.
The A1SJ71AS92 can control up to 62 slave units
(31 per channel) with up to 4 inputs and 4 outputs
each per address. The addresses of the slave devices
across the AS Interface are assigned automatically by
the master.
AQ
BASICS
SET
Special features:
앬 Up to 62 slave units can be configured across two
networks.
ASI1+
ASI1+
ASI1-
앬 Up to 496 digital inputs/outputs can be driven via
ASI1ASI2+
앬 Communications via AS-I conform coded flat
ASI2+
ASI2ASI2-
the master.
cable or round cable
앬 Highly efficient error securing system
앬 Automatic data exchange with the PLC
A1SJ71AS92
Specifications
A1SJ71AS92
Module type
Master
Application range
MELSEC AnS/QnAS series
Max. number of slave stations
to be controlled
31 x 2
Assignable I/O points
Max. 2 x124 inputs, 2 x 124 outputs
Data transfer rate
167 kBaud
I/O refresh time
Max. 5 ms
Communications method
APM modulation
Error handling
Transmission
Parity check
method
Bus
distance
100 m (300 m with repeater)
ASI network cable
Acc. to IEC62026-2 (yellow cable), round cable
Assigned I/O points
32
External power supply
ASI power supply (30.5 V DC)
Power consumption
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
Accessories
mA 100
kg 0.3
mm 130 x 34.5 x 93.6
Art. no. 129936
External AS-I power supply: ASI-PS-2.8, art. no.: 130259
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
75
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
Pulse Catch Module
왎 MELSEC AnS Pulse Catch Module
Digital pulse catch
AQ
The A1SP60 is a digital input module capable of
detecting narrow pulses independently of the
program cycle time.
BASICS
A1SP60
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A1SP60
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
0
1
1
2
4
1
6
7
3
8
5
A
C
8
E
F
A
COM
B
DC
NC
NC
C
D
15
16
17
normal input function
앬 In the case of the pulse function, it is ensured that
a signal applied at the input (>0.5 ms)
is caught.
앬 By means of DIP switches, it is possible to specify,
in groups of 4 input points, whether they are used
as normal input points or with pulse catch.
앬 Galvanic isolation between process and
controller by means of an photocoupler is a
standard feature
18
19
DC24V 7mA
A1SP60
F
76
14
앬 Possibility of working with pulse function or with
20
E
Order information
12
13
D
9
10
11
B
7
8
9
9
6
6
7
COM
4
4
5
5
2
Specifications
Input points
Rated input voltage
Operating voltage range
Max. input points simultaneous ON
resistance
Input
current
voltage
Switch ON
current
voltage
Switch OFF
current
OFF 씮 ON
Response
time
ON 씮 OFF
Min. input pulse width
Status display of inputs
Isolation
No. of occupied I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
3
3
0
2
V DC
V DC
kΩ
mA
V
mA
V
mA
ms
ms
ms
mm2
mA
kg
mm
A1SP60
16
24
19.2 – 26.4
100 %
ca. 3.3
ca. DC 7
≥ DC 13
≥ DC 3.5
≤ DC 6.5
≤ DC 1.7
≤ 0.5
≤ 1.0
0.5
LED
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
16
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
55
0.19
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 33197
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Interrupt Module
SPECIAL FUNCTION MODULES
왎 MELSEC AnS Interrupt Module
Branching to subroutines
A1SI61
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A1SI61
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
The A1SI61 is suitable for applications in which it is
necessary to respond very rapidly to events.
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
Special features:
1
2
4
1
6
7
3
8
5
9
6
A
C
8
E
F
A
CO
- +
B
D
15
the PLC program is interrupted after it has worked
through the current statement and a subroutine
assigned to the input is first processed.
앬 Galvanic isolation between process and
controller by means of an photocoupler is a
standard feature
앬 Only one A1SI61 can be installed to one PLC
system
16
17
18
19
20
F
Order information
14
which serves as a branch mark for a subroutine.
앬 If an interrupt/alarm signal is applied at an input,
DC12V 4mA
DC24V 8mA
A1SI61
E
Specifications
Input points
Rated input voltage
Operating voltage range
Max. input points simultaneous ON
resistance
Input
current
voltage
ON
current
voltage
OFF
current
OFF 씮 ON
Response
time
ON 씮 OFF
Status display of inputs
Isolation method
No. of occupied I/O points
Connection terminal
Applicable wire size
Internal power consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
M
NC
NC
C
12
13
D
9
8
9
10
11
B
7
6
7
COM
4
4
5
5
2
2
3
3
0
BASICS
앬 Every input in this module is assigned a pointer
0
1
AQ
V DC
V DC
kΩ
mA
V
mA
V
mA
msec
msec
mm2
mA
kg
mm
A1SI61
16
12 / 24
10.2 – 26.4
100 %
ca. 2.7
ca. DC 4 / 8
≥ DC 9
≥ DC 3
≤ DC 4
≤ DC 1
≤ 0.2
≤ 0.2
LED
All modules fitted with photocoupler isolation between input terminals and internal circuit.
32
The module is fitted with a terminal block with 20 screw terminals.
0.75 – 1.5
57 (all points ON)
0.2
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art.no. 33195
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
77
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
ACCESSORIES
Dummy Modules
왎 MELSEC AnS Dummy Modules
Place keeper and mechanical protection
AQ
BASICS
A1SG62
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
The dummy modules protect unused slots on
the base unit from foreign bodies and reserve
I/O addresses.
Special features:
앬 The A1SG62 has 16 simulation switches by
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
means of which digital inputs can be set and
reset.
앬 Indication of the status of the inputs/outputs by
means of LEDs.
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
DUMMY POINT
SW1
SW2
P OINT
16
32
48
64
SETTING
SW1
SW2
SW1
SW2
SW1
SW2
SW1
SW2
A1SG 62
Specifications
I/O points
Application
Current consumption
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Order information
78
A1SG60
16
Used to protect any vacant slot from dust.
mA —
kg 0.08
mm 34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 26596
A1SG62
Max. 64 (16, 32, 48 or 64 can be selected by DIP-switches)
Used to reserve I/O points for a later to install I/O module.
60
0.13
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
30030
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Cables, Converters
ACCESSORIES
왎 Connection Cable
Connection cable for subracks
The connection cables A1SC01B, A1SC03B,
A1SCO12B and A1SC30B are used for connecting main base units to the extension
base units. They have been cut to the correct length for each application.
Specifications
The A1SC05NB cable is used for connecting MELSEC A series extension base
units to AnS/QnAS series main base units.
Connection of a base unit of the AnS/QnAS
series to an A870GOT operator panel is also
possible.
A1SC01B
A1SC03B
A1SC12B
A1SC30B
A1SC60B
For extension base units
type MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
MELSEC
AnS/QnAS
Length
Ohmic resistance R
of the cable
mm 55
330
1200
3000
6000
A1SC05NB
MELSEC A
to AnS/QnAS,
AnS/QnAS
to A870GOT
450
Ω 0.020
0.021
0.055
0.121
0.182
0.037
Art. no. 24979
24980
24981
24982
68294
24983
Order information
AQ
BASICS
왎 Adapter Cable
Assembled cable with D-SUB plug
The cable A32CBL is used for connecting
the modules AX82 and AY82 of the
MELSEC A series and the modules A1SX81
and A1SY81 of the MELSEC AnS series.
Specifications
A32CBL
Connection cable for
Inputs/outputs
32
Length
Order information
A32CBL-5m
AY82 (MELSEC A),
type AX82,
A1SX81, A1SY81 (MELSEC AnS)
m 3
Art. no. 3895
AX82, AY82 (MELSEC A),
A1SX81, A1SY81 (MELSEC AnS)
32
5
56052
왎 Interface Converter CR01-R2/R4 SET and CR01-R4/R4
This module is a signal amplifier with
photocoupler isolation for RS422 signals.
It is used to connect a PLC with external
devices like operation panels or a personal
Specifications
CR01-R4/R4
CR01-R2/R4 SET
Interface converter
RS422 ↔ RS422
RS422 ↔RS232
Order information
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
computer, especially when a potential
isolation is required and when the wiring
length takes more than 15 meters.
Art. no. 56173
56172
79
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
ACCESSORIES
Memory Medias
왎 MELSEC AnS Memory Cassettes
MELSEC AnS memory cassettes
The AnSCPUs all have a permanently
installed RAM with 8 k, 14 k, 30 k or 60 k
steps. EPROM and EEPROM memory cassettes are available for permanent storage.
AQ
BASICS
A1SMCA
-2KE
Specifications
Memory cassette
For CPU type
Memory capacity
Order information
A1SNMCA2KE
type EEPROM
A1SH
kbyte 8
instructions 2 k
Art.no. 68835
The EPROMs are programmed via the
A6WA-28P (A1SNMCA-8KP) or A2SWA-28P
(A2SNMCA-쏔쏔KP) with the aid of MELSEC
MEDOC plus.
A1SNMCA8KE
EEPROM
A1SH
20
8k
A1SNMCA8KP
EPROM
A1SH
20
8k
A2SMCA14KP
EPROM
A2SH
32
14 k
A2SNMCA30KE
EEPROM
A2SH
64
30 k
A2SMCA30KP
EPROM
A2AS
64
30 k
A2SMCA60KE
EPROM
A2AS
128
60 k
68834
68832
38066
68831
54922
68000
왎 MELSEC AnS Adapter Units
EPROM write adapter
The write adapters A2 SWA-28P and
A6 WA-28P are used for writing on the
memory cassettes A2S(N)MCA-쏔쏔KP and
A1SMCA-쏔쏔 of the MELSEC AnS series.
Specifications
For memory cassettes
Order information
A2 SWA-28P
type A2SMCA-14KP/30KP
A6 WA-28P
A1SMCA-8KP
Art. no. 38069
24987
왎 MELSEC QnAS Memory Cards
MELSEC QnAS memory cards
The QnASCPUs all have a permanently
installed RAM. This memory can be
extended with a variety of PCMCIAmemory cards.
The combination cards (with two memory
types) have a non-volatile EEPROM memory which is programmable by MELSEC
MEDOC plus.
INSERT
MITSUBISHI
SRAM CARD
LOCK
Specifications
Memory
Memory capacity
Order information
80
Q1MEM1MS
type Card
1 MB SRAM
Art.no. 64197
Q1MEM2MS
Card
2 MB SRAM
Q1MEM256SE
Card
128 kB SRAM,
128 kB EEPROM
Q1MEM512SE
Card
256 kB SRAM,
256 kB EEPROM
Q1MEM1MSE
Card
512 kB SRAM,
512 kB EEPROM
64196
64193
64204
68031
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Battery, Fuses, Cover
ACCESSORIES
왎 Battery A6BAT
The A6BAT lithium cell battery is already
installed in every MELSEC A series
memory cassette.
The battery protects the data in the
cassette RAM when the power supply is
Specifications
Voltage
Backup time
during power failure
Dimensions (Ø x H)
Order information
switched off or in the event of power
failures. It has a service life of around five
years.
AQ
BASICS
A6BAT
V DC 3,6
A3NMCA-0 : 10800 h
A3NMCA-40: 1400 h
mm Ø16 x 30
Art. no 4077
왎 Fuses
The output modules A1SY22, A1SY80 and
A1SY81 are equipped with dedicated fuses
for device protection.
Specifications
HM50C
LM50
LM32
For module
A1SY22
A1SX80
A1SY81
Rating
5A
5A
3.2 A
Type
Solder fuse
Plug fuse
Plug fuse
32301
32303
Order information
Art. no 38361
왎 Dust Cover
If I/O devices are mounted on an extension
base unit, then the first module on the
extension base unit should be equipped
with a dust cover.
Specifications
Material
Dimensions (W x H)
Order information
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
Dust Cover
Plastics
mm 44 x 129
Art. no. 32299
81
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
ACCESSORIES
Network Accessories
왎 Local System Extension Set for the MT Series
AQ
BASICS
For the extension of the MT series to a
second connecting level the local system
extension MT-LE and the connecting cable
MT-LE-CBL50 are required.
The extension and the cable are available
only as complete set, which is called
MT-LE-SET.
Specifications
Application
Cable length
Dimensions (W x H x D)
The ProfiCon bus connector plug is designed
for connecting DIN 19245 standard Profibus
components with data transfer rates of up to
12 Mbaud.
The connector is available with a selectable
termination resistor.
Specifications
Data rate 12 Mbit/s
Terminator
Order information
MT-LE-SET
MT series
m 0.5
mm 22.5 x 97 x 36
Art.no. 69759
on
ProfiC
왎 ProfiConT Profibus Connector
82
Order information
ProfiConT
supported
Yes (selectable)
Art. no. 87035
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Terminal Assignments
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Power Supply Modules
A 1S61PN
AQ
POWER
BASICS
MITSUBISHI
INPUT
100-240VAC
105VA
50/60Hz
OUTPUT
5VDC 5A
A1S62PN
A1S61PN
A1S63P
NC
+24V
NC
24G
FG
(FG)
(FG)
(LG)
(LG)
LG
INPUT
100-240VAC
INPUT
100-240VAC
+24G
INPUT
24G
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Input Modules
A1SX10EU
120VAC 7mA
50/60 Hz
V9
A1SX10EU
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Digital Output Modules
A1SY18AEU
A1SY28EU
120/240VAC 7mA
0.6A
A1SY18AEU
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
D
A1SY28EU
83
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Terminal Assignments
왎 MELSEC AnS Analog Input/Output Modules
AQ
RUN
OFFSET
BASICS
GAIN
V+
COM
I+
V+
COM
I+
V+ I+
V- ISLD
V+ I+
V- IV+ I+
V- ISLD
V+ I+
V- IAG
C
H
1
C
H
2
C
H
3
C
H
4
C
H
5
C
H
6
R
(FG)
INPUT
24VDC
D/A A/D
0~±10 V
0~20 mA
4
R
2
3
왎 MELSEC AnS Counter, Timer and Positioning Modules
A1ST60
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
23
456
901
78
TIM. SET
ON
OFF
T3
T4
105 1E
105 1E
T6
105 1E
T7
105 1E
T5
105 1E
T2
105 1E
T1
105 1E
T0
105 1E
SET UP
A1ST60
84
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Terminal Assignments
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Interface Modules
A1SJ71QC24-R2
RUN
ERR. C.R/W
NEU
C/N
ACK
P/S
PRO NAK
SIO SD.W.
SD
RD
A1SJ71QC24
ERROR
CH1
CH2
DISPLAY
STS
ERR
DISPLAY
STS
2 3
2 3
4 56
23
4 56
23
901
901
456
789
CDE
23
CH2
7 89
AB
F 01
F 01
SW
7 8
CH1
CDE
CDE
CDE
MODE
AB
AB
AB
CH1/2
1 9
2 10
3 11
4 12
5
6
7
8
ON
STATION NO.
7 8
2 3
X1
4 56
2 3
X10
789
BASICS
CC
ERR
4 56
CH2
AQ
CH2
X1
789
456
CH1
ERR.
C/N
P/S
PRO
SIO
456
CH1
23
ERROR
SW.E.
NEU
ACK
NAK
SD.W.
SD
RD
X10
7 8
SW
AC
RUN
ERR. C.R/W
NEU
C/N
ACK
P/S
PRO NAK
SIO SD.W.
SD
RD
456
7 8
STATION NO.
MODE
ERR.
C/N
P/S
PRO
SIO
SW.E.
NEU
ACK
NAK
SD.W.
SD
RD
F 01
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
F 01
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
901
A1SJ71UC24-R4
901
A1SJ71UC24-R2
CH1/2
1 9
2 10
3 11
4 12
5
6
7
8
ON
CH2 RS-422/485
CH1
RS-232-C
SDA
SG
SDB
FG
RDA
NC
RDB
A1SJ71UC24-R2
A1SJ71UC24-R4
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2
A1SJ71QC24-R2
CH2
RS-232-C
CH1 RS-232-C
A1SJ71QC24
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules
A1SD51S-BAL
A1SD51S-BAL
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules for Ethernet and MELSECNE4T Networks
X100
456
NETWORK
NO.
78
7 8
456
456
456
456
456
456
78
89
CD
AB
01
EF
23
MODE
78
901
X1
78
901
10BASE
ST.NO.
X10
78
901
GR.NO.
45
23
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R)
2:OFFLINE
FRONT SIDE
+12
+12V
12G
12G
FG
FG
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
(R.L.)
ON
SW OFF
1
REM
PC
2 N.ST MNG
D.S.M P.S.M
3 PRM D.PRM
ST. SIZE
4
5 8,16,32,64
6 LB/LW SIZE
2, 4, 6, 8K
7
8
OFF ON SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
INPUT
12VDC
IN
OUT
1OBASE2
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3
E
R
R
O
R
DISPLAY
L
R
(F.L.)
901
X1
78
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
RD
901
X10
MODE
0:ONLINE
1:ONLINE
2:TEST1
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
5:TEST4
67
8 9A
67
456
OFF ON
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
901
MODE
0:ONLINE
1:ONLINE
2:TEST1
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
5:TEST4
PW
PC
REM.
SW.E.
D.LINK M/S.E.
T.PAS. PRM E.
F.E.
R.E.
CPU R/W
23
BSY
A1SJ71LP21
RUN
MNG
S.MNG
CPU R/W
TRAN. S
TRAN. R
FTP
SW ERR.
COM.ERR.
TEST
TEST ERR.
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
901
AUI
BCD
0 12
901
MODE
0:ONLINE
1:ONLINE
2:TEST1
3:TEST2
4:TEST3
RDY
AE
OFF ON
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW7
SW8
EF
78
RUN
23
AF
ON OFF
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
BSY
CPU R/W
TRAN. S
TRAN. R
FTP
SW ERR.
COM.ERR.
TEST
TEST ERR.
23
BSY
RDY
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
23
RDY
RUN
345
RDY
RAM CHK
RAM ERR.
ROM CHK
ROM ERR.
S.C.
S.C.ERR
COM.ERR:
FROM/TO
A1SJ71QBR11
A1SJ71QE71-B5
A1SJ71QE71-B2
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
2 3
RUN
23
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3
UN
23
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3
A1SJ71QE71-B2
(FG)
A1SJ71QE71-B5
A1SJ71QBR11
A1SJ71QLP21
85
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Terminal Assignments
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules for MELSECNET Networks
A1SJ72QLP25
23
23
456
456
8 9A
456
456
456
SW
1
Setting
OFF ON
QnA A
2
3
4
5
OFF
BCD
67
23
456
456
89A
67
345
89
X1
345
23
456
23
23
67
DISPLAY
L
R
78
MODE
SW
1
2
3
4
5
OFF ON
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R.)
2:OFFLINE
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R.)
2:OFFLINE
OFF ON SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RESET
STATION
NO.
78
X10
0 12
45
23
FRONT SIDE
MODE
BC D
AB
E
R
R
O
R
EF
MODE
0:ONLINE(A.R)
2:OFFLINE
X1
SW
1
2
3
4
5
OFF ON
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
RD
HOLD
RMT.E.
D.LINK SW.E.
T.PASS ST.E.
WAIT PRM.
901
CD
AB
ON
SW OFF
1
REM
PC
2 N.ST MNG
D.S.M P.S.M
3 PRM D.PRM
ST. SIZE
4
5 8,16,32,64
6 LB/LW SIZE
2, 4, 6, 8K
7
8
SW Setting
OFF ON
1
QnA A
2
3
OFF
4
5
012
78
DISPLAY
L
R
(F.L.) (R.L.)
PW
RUN
901
RESET
STATION
78
NO.
X10
CRC E
OVER R
AB.IF R
TIME
DATA O
UNDER R
SD
RD
EF
456
DUAL
D.LINK
T.PASS
WAIT
F.E.
901
456
PW
HOLD
RMT.E.
SW.E.
ST.E.
PRM.E
R.E.
901
78
01
EF
MODE
78
901
X1
(R.L.)
A1SJ72QBR-15
RUN
78
901
ST.NO.
X10
78
901
GR.NO.
DISPLAY
L
R
(F.L.)
901
X1
78
E
R
R
O
R
901
X10
23
X100
901
NETWORK
NO.
78
CRC
OVER
AB.IF
TIME
DATA
UNDER
SD
RD
23
PW
PC
REM.
SW.E.
D.LINK M/S.E.
T.PAS. PRM E.
F.E.
R.E.
CPU R/W
23
BASICS
A1SJ71QLP21
RUN
MNG
S.MNG
23
AQ
FRONT SIDE
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
A1SJ72QBR-15
A1SJ71QLP21
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Communications Modules for I/O-Link, Profibus, CC-Link, DeviceNet and AS Interface
A1SJ71PB96F
A1SJ71PB92D
A1SJ61BT11
A1SJ61QBT11
RUN
ERR.
MST
S MST
LOCAL
CPU R/W
L RUN
L ERR.
SW
M/S
PRM
TIME
LINE
SD
RD
SW
M/S
PRM
TIME
LINE
STATION NO. MODE
X
10
X
10
OFF ON
M/L S MST
E
R
R
O
R
RUN
RUN
L. RUN
MS
NS
U ASI
ERR.
SD
RD
STATION NO. MODE
X
1
A1SJ71AS92
A1SJ71DN91
RUN
ERR.
MST
S MST
LOCAL
CPU R/W
L RUN
L ERR.
E
R
R
O
R
AA
MODE
DeviceNet
OFF ON
M/L S MST
X
1
SET
CLEAR HOLD
1 4
CLEAR HOLD
1 4
B RATE
0
1
2
3
4
B RATE
0
1
2
3
4
156K
625K
2.5M
5M
10M
156K
625K
2.5M
5M
10M
NC
ASI1+
DA
ASI1-
NC
NC
DB
ASI1-
DB
ASI2+
NC
NC
DG
ASI2+
DG
NC
RS-232-C
NC
SLD
ASI2ASI2-
SLD
NC
NC
(FG)
A1SJ71PB96F
ASI1+
NC
DA
(FG)
A1SJ71DN91
A1SJ71PB92D
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Pulse Catch and Interrupt Modules, Co-Processor module
SPAC20
X
Y
0
1
2
3
4
5
RUN
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
FG FG
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0V
8
+24
9
FG
FG
9
RUN
STOP
RESET
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
R
MB
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
WDT
BOOT
SD/RD
FROM/TO
BATT L
PS L
+24 +A00
D00 -A00
D01 +A01
0V
-A01
+24 +A02
D02 -A02
D03 +A03
0V
+24
SELECT
WD TIME
WDR OFF
NO BUS
W. START
NO I/O
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
D04
D05
0V
-A03
SV0
+AI0
-AI0
AG0
+DI0 SV1
-DI0 +AI1
+DI1 -AI1
-DI1 AG1
+DI2 SV2
-DI2 +AI2
+DI3 -AI2
RS-232C
-DI3 AG2
+DI4 SV3
-DI4 +AI3
+DI5 -AI3
-DI5 AG3
SPAC20
86
A
B
A
B
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Terminal Assignments
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
왎 MELSEC I/O Link Decentralised Digital Input/Output Modules
AJ55TB3-4D
1
3
5
7
+24V
9
11
X0
13
X1
AQ
15
X2
X3
DATA
FG
2
4
6
24G
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB
DG
I/024A
8
10
12
14
16
BASICS
AJ55TB32-4DR
1
3
5
7
+24V
I/024A
9
11
X0
13
X1
15
Y0
Y1
DATA
FG
2
4
6
24G
I/024B COMB COMA COM1 COM1 COM2
DG
8
10
12
14
16
AJ55TB2-4R
1
3
5
7
+24V
I/024V
9
11
Y0
13
Y1
15
Y2
Y3
DATA
FG
2
4
6
24G
I/024G COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
DG
8
10
12
14
16
AJ55TB3-8D
1
3
5
7
I/024A
11
X0
13
16
X5
23
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB
14
X4
21
24G
12
X3
19
6
10
X2
17
4
8
X1
15
FG
2
DG
+24V
9
DATA
18
X6
20
X7
22
24
AJ55TB32-8DR
1
3
5
7
9
I/024A
X0
13
16
Y1
23
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
14
Y0
21
24G
12
X3
19
6
10
X2
17
4
8
X1
15
FG
2
DG
+24V
11
DATA
18
Y2
20
Y3
22
24
AJ55TB2-8R
1
3
5
7
9
I/024V
Y0
13
16
Y5
23
I/024G COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
14
Y4
21
24G
12
Y3
19
6
10
Y2
17
4
8
Y1
15
FG
2
DG
+24V
11
DATA
18
Y6
20
Y7
22
24
AJ55TB3-16D
1
3
9
5
7
+24V
I/024A
11
13
15
17
X3
19
X4
21
X5
25
23
X6
X7
27
X8
29
31
33
35
XC
37
XD
39
XE
XF
DATA
FG
2
4
6
24G
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB
DG
X0
8
X1
10
X2
12
16
14
20
18
26
24
22
X9
XA
28
XB
30
34
32
38
36
40
AJ55TB32-16DR
1
3
5
7
+24V
I/024A
9
11
13
15
17
19
X4
21
X5
25
23
X6
X7
27
Y0
29
31
33
35
37
Y5
39
Y6
Y7
2
4
6
24G
I/024B COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2
DG
8
X1
10
12
16
14
20
18
Y1
26
24
22
Y2
28
Y3
Y4
FG
X0
X2
X3
DATA
30
34
32
38
36
40
AJ55TB2-16R
1
3
9
I/024V
+24V
11
13
15
17
19
Y4
21
Y5
23
Y6
27
25
Y7
29
31
33
35
37
YD
39
YE
YF
6
24G
I/024G COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM1 COM2 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM3 COM4
Y0
10
Y1
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
Y8
26
Y9
28
YA
30
YB
YC
4
8
Y2
Y3
FG
2
DG
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
7
5
DATA
32
34
36
38
40
87
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Terminal Assignments
왎 CC-Link Decentralised Digital Input/Output Modules
AQ
AJ65BTB1-16D
MITSUBISHI
PW L RUN SD
B RATE
01
2
3
4
RD L ERR.
STATION NO.
BASICS
X10
X1
01 901
2
2 8
3
3 7
6 54 6 54
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
AJ65BTB1-16DT
1
5
3
DA
DG
2
DB
AJ65BTB2-16D
SLD
9
24G
11
8
NC
(FG)
13
24G
NC
COMB
10
12
X0
15
X1
17
19
COMB
X3
16
18
X2
14
X4
COMB
21
X6
23
20
COMB
X5
25
27
COMB
NC
24
26
X7
22
NC
X8
29
COMB
X9
31
33
COMB
XB
30
32
XA
28
XC
35
XD
1
37
COMB
XF
36
XE
34
COMB
COMA
35
37
DA
DG
2
DB
7
+24V
6
4
SLD
9
11
13
CTL+
24G
COMB
10
12
24G
8
CTLG
(FG)
DG
2
4
DB
SLD
9
24G
(FG)
11
24G
Y1
10
8
7
+24V
6
SLD
X6
Y0
13
Y3
12
Y2
19
NC
18
COM1+
Y0
15
19
COMB
Y3
16
18
Y2
14
Y1
17
Y4
COMB
21
25
27
COMB COMD
Y7
22
24
26
Y6
20
COMB
Y5
23
COMA
Y8
29
YA
28
33
COMD
YB
30
32
COMD
Y9
31
YC
YD
YE
34
COMD
1
COMD
YF
36
5
3
DA
DG
2
COMC
DB
7
+24V
6
4
SLD
9
24G
8
(FG)
11
24G
X1
10
X0
13
X3
12
X2
15
X5
14
X4
17
X6
19
NC
18
X7
16
21
X9
20
X8
COM
23
XA
25
XD
24
XB
22
XC
1
27
NC
XF
21
Y9
Y8
23
YA
25
YC
27
CLT2+
XF
YD
24
YB
22
20
26
COM2+
YE
7
+24V
6
4
DB
COM
XE
DG
2
SLD
17
19
CLT1+
Y7
16
18
Y6
COM1-
Y8
21
Y9
23
YB
22
20
25
YC
YA
27
CLT2+
XF
YD
24
26
COM2-
YE
24G
(FG)
5
3
DA
26
15
Y5
14
Y4
AJ65BTC1-32T
5
3
DA
7
+24V
6
4
DB
AJ65BTB1-16D
1
DG
2
AJ65BTC1-32D
5
3
5
3
DA
AJ65BTB2-16R
1
X4
17
X7
16
X10
X11
X12
X13
X14
X15
X16
X17
X18
X19
X1A
X1B
X1C
X1D
X1E
X1F
NC
NC
NC
NC
DB
7
+24V
6
4
X2
15
X5
14
X00
X01
X02
X03
X04
X05
X06
X07
X08
X09
X0A
X0B
X0C
X0D
X0E
X0F
NC
NC
COM
COM
2
X0
13
X3
12
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Y18
Y19
Y1A
Y1B
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
NC
NC
COM
COM
DG
(FG)
11
24G
X1
10
8
AJ65BTB1-16T
5
3
DA
SLD
9
24G
24G
Y00
Y01
Y02
Y03
Y04
Y05
Y06
Y07
Y08
Y09
YA
YB
YC
YD
YE
YF
NC
NC
CLT+
CLT-
1
7
+24V
6
4
(FG)
왎 CC-Link Decentralised Digital Input/Output Modules and Special Function Modules
B RATE STATION NO.
MITSUBISHI
X10
MITSUBISHI
X1
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
SET
01
2
3
4
GAIN DOWN
5
3
DA
DG
2
4
DB
7
+24V
6
SLD
X10
CH. 2
øA
øB
DEC
PRE
F ST.
EQU1
EQU2
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
X1
01 901
01
28
2
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
RING
PLS
CH. 1 2 CH. 1 2
RESET
AJ65BT-D62D
AJ65BT-64DAI
1
CH. 1
øA
øB
DEC
PRE
F ST.
EQU1
EQU2
CH. OFFSET UP RESET
B RATE STATION NO.
AJ65BT-D62D
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
HLD/
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CLR
I+
I+
I+
I+
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
HLD/
CLR
24G
24G
8
(FG)
TEST
TEST
COM
COM
1
DG
2
7
+24V
6
4
DB
COM
COM
5
3
DA
24G
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
CH1
CH2
EQR
CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH2
CH1
CH2
øA24G
( A ) øB ( B ) COM øA ( A ) øB ( B ) PRST F. ST
EQR2 EQR2 COM
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
CH1
CH1
CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH1
CH2 +12
CH2
øA ( A ) øB ( B ) PRST
F. ST øA ( A ) øB ( B ) COM
EQR1 EQR1
24V
8
SLD
(FG)
AJ65BT-64DAV
1
5
3
DA
DG
2
4
DB
7
+24V
6
SLD
9
HLD/
CLR
24G
10
24G
8
(FG)
TEST
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
HLD/
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CLR
V+
V+
V+
V+
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
TEST
COM
COM
5
3
DA
DG
2
4
AX1
AX2
DB
7
+24V
6
SLD
9
24G
8
(FG)
STATION NO.
X10
COM
COM
AJ65BT-64AD
1
B RATE
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
MITSUBISHI
X1
01 901
01
28
2
2
3 7
3
3
4 6 54 6 54
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
MODE RESET
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
SLD
SLD
FG1
COM
COM
V+
V+
V+
V+
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
TEST
SLD
AG
I+
I+
I+
I+
COM
COM
10
TEST
AJ65BT-64RD3
1
5
3
DA
DG
2
4
DB
7
+24V
6
SLD
9
24G
(FG)
11
A1
10
8
NC
13
b1
12
B1
15
SLD
14
SLD
17
A2
16
NC
19
b2
18
B2
21
A3
20
NC
23
b3
B3
25
SLD
24
22
SLD
27
A4
26
NC
b4
B4
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
1
AJ65BT-64RD4
1
5
3
DA
DG
2
4
DB
+24V
6
SLD
9
24G
8
(FG)
11
A1
10
a1
13
b1
12
B1
15
SLD
14
SLD
17
A2
16
a2
19
b2
18
B2
21
A3
20
a3
23
b3
22
B3
25
SLD
24
SLD
a4
5
3
DA
DG
2
4
DB
7
+24V
6
SLD
24G
(FG)
B4
AJ65BT-R2
MITSUBISHI
7
+24V
6
SLD
4
DB
b4
AJ65BT-68TD
1
DG
2
27
A4
26
5
3
DA
7
9
24G
8
(FG)
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
CH1 + CH2 + CH3 + CH4 + CH5 + CH6 + CH7 + CH8 +
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
CH1 -
CH2 -
CH3 -
CH4 -
CH5 -
CH6 -
CH7 -
CH8 -
NC
27
RTD
26
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
RTD
NC
B RATE STATION NO.
RS-232-C
SD
RD
ERR.
X10
XC
XD
YC
YD
X1
01 901
01
28
2
2
3 7
3
3
4 6 54 6 54
MODE SW
1 2
RESET
3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
I/O
RS-232-C
AJ65BT-R2
1
DG
2
4
DB
88
5
3
DA
7
+24V
6
SLD
1
24G
(FG)
3
XC
2
COM1
5
7
YC
6
XD
4
NC
YD
COM2
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Dimensions
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
왎 Base Units
130
Type
A1S32B-E
A1S33B-E
A1S35B-E
A1S38B-E
A1S38HB
A1S52B-S1
A1S55B-S1
A1S58B-S1
A1S65B-S1
A1S68B-S1
1
X (in mm)
220
255
AQ
BASICS
325
430
430
155
260
365
315
420
X
130
130
왎 CPUs and Power Supply Modules
6,5
54,5
AnS: 93,6 / QnAS 110
54,5
6,5
93,6
6,5
71,6
130
130
왎 Digital and Special Function Modules
34,5
6,5
93,6
69,5
22
93,6
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
89
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
Dimensions
왎 Profibus/DP MT Modules
56
AQ
76
60
41,5
114
116,2
114
116,2
BASICS
60
41,5
114
116,2
36
86
22,5
97
96
206,5
217,5
IN OUT RN INT I/O
62
MC-DP X8Y4
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
왎 Profibus/DP MC Modules
14,5
45
70,5
90
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Dimensions
TERMINALS + DIMENSIONS
왎 Profibus/DP Compact I/O Modules
MITSUBISHI
AJ95TB2-16T
AQ
STATION NO.
X10
X1
RUN
BF
DIA
L1+
L2+
BASICS
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
80
BUS
TEMINATION
DP I / F
IN
(FG)
ON
IN
24V
L1+ (+C)
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7
1,21 22 31,32 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
2,41
42-60
24G
L1G (-C)
X0
X1
X2
X3
X8
X9
XA
XB
X4
X5
X6
X7
XC
XD
XE
XF
TB3-16D
46,5
197,4
왎 MELSEC AnS/QnAS Decentralised Input/Output Modules
45
Type
AJ55TB3-4D
AJ55TB3-8D
AJ55TB3-16D
AJ55TB32-4DR
AJ55TB32-8DR
AJ55TB32-16DR
AJ55TB2-4R
AJ55TB2-8R
AJ55TB2-16R
X
66
X (in mm)
82
114
177
82
114
177
82
114
177
왎 CC-Link Decentralised Input/Output Modules and Special Function Modules
2 x ø4,5
B RATE STATION NO.
AJ65BT-64DAI
X10
PW
RUN
L RUN
SD
RD
L ERR.
Bx
B
MITSUBISHI
1
X1
01 901
01
2
28
2
3
3 7
3
4 6 54 6 54
CH. OFFSET UP RESET
01
2
3
4
SET
GAIN DOWN
3
DA
2
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
DG +24V 24G
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
DB SLD (FG)
Ax
A
I/O Modules
Type
C
9,5
Analog modules
AJ65BTB1- AJ65BTB2- AJ65BTC1- AJ65BTB1- AJ65BTB1- AJ65BTC1- AJ65BTB2- AJ65BT16D
16D
32D
16DT
16T
32T
16R
64AD
Special Funktion Modules
AJ65BTAJ65BT64DAV/DAI 68TD
AJ65BT64RD3/4
AJ65BTD62
AJ65BTAJ65BTD75P2-S3 R2
A
151.9
197.4
165
151.9
151.9
165
197.4
151.9
151.9
151.9
151.9
151.9
170
170
Ax
142.9
188.4
156
142.9
142.9
156
188.4
142.9
142.9
142.9
142.9
142.9
161
161
B
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
80
80
Bx
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
71
71
C
46
46
46
46
46
46
46
63
63
63
63
63
63.5
63.5
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
91
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
PROGRAMMING
Software
Programming and Documentation Software for Standard Personal Computers
AQ
BASICS
With the MELSoft software family
Mitsubishi Electric offers efficient software
packages helping to reduce programming
and setup times to a high degree.
The MELSoft software family provides instant access, direct communications, compatibility, and open exchange of variables.
The MELSoft family comprises:
앬 Programming packages like GPP/WIN
and MELSEC MEDOC plus
앬 Network configuration software
MELSEC ProfiMap
앬 Visualization software MX SCADA
앬 Software for a dynamic data exchange
like MXChange
앬 Various development software for
GPP/WIN is recommended as a costeffective beginners package for the A/Q
series. This package offers a quick and easy
introduction to programming.
For structured programming the IEC1131
conform programming software MELSEC
MECOC plus is recommended.
For detailed information please order our
separate MELSoft brochure.
operator terminals (refer to the
Technical Catalogue HMI)
왎 GPP/WIN
GPP/WIN is the standard programming
software for the MELSEC A/Q series and
combines all functions of MELSEC MEDOC
with the user guidance of Microsoft
Windows.
With GPP/WIN you can comfortably create
PLC programs alternatively in the form of
Ladder Diagrams or Instruction Lists.
Both forms of representation can be
toggled easily during operation.
Software
Series
Language
Disk type
Included accessory
Order information
Besides efficient monitoring and diagnostics functions GPP/WIN features an offline
simulation of any PLC type from the FX0S
to the Q4AR.
This software provides all the Windowsspecific advantages and is especially suited
to all MELSEC PLCs.
GPP/WIN can be run under Windows 95
and Windows NT.
MM GPP/WIN
All MELSEC PLCs
English / German
CD ROM
Converter
All MELSEC PLCs
English / German
CD ROM
—
Art. no. 126047
126048
왎 MELSEC MEDOC plus
MELSEC MEDOC plus provides all functions of
the pre-mentioned programs and meets the
programming standard for the future:
IEC 1131.3. This makes MELSEC MEDOC plus
ready for the programming standard of the
future and offers in addition the basis for the
on-leading programming of the MELSEC A
and Q series.
Software
Series
Language
Disk type
Order information
92
MELSEC MEDOC plus can be run under
Windows 3.11 and Windows 95/98.
The software is supplied complete with an
SC-09N serial interface cable.
S-Set
AnS(H), AnAS, AnUS, FX family
English / German
CD ROM
Art. no. 126810
Q-Set
All MELSEC PLCs
English / German
CD ROM
126811
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Software
PROGRAMMING
Network Configurations Software, Visualization Software and Software for Dynamic Data Exchange
AQ
왎 MELSEC ProfiMap
BASICS
MELSEC ProfiMap V3.0 is a user friendly
configurations software for open networks
like MAP 3.0/ETHERNET and PROFIBUS/DP
or PROFIBUS/FMS.
The software package is a 32 bit application for Windows 95 and Windows NT4.0.
Configuration of all PROFIBUS modules for
the MELSEC Ans/QnAS and A/Q series is
possible.
Due to the supported extended user
parameters of a GSD file, easy parameter
setting of PROFIBUS/DP slave devices is
possible even for third party devices.
The new ProfiMap V3.0 enables the
download of all configuration data via
an overriding network.
Software
ProfiMap 3.0 CD-Set
A1SJ71PB92D, AJ71PB92D
Supported master modules for the Mitsubishi Profibus/DP:
Profibus/FMS: A1SJ71PB96F, AJ71PB96F
MELSEC AnS/QnAS and A/Q series
MAP3.0/Ethernet: AJ71M56EF2
Language
English
Configuration cable
ProfiCab is included
Disk type
CD ROM
Order information
Art. no. 128585
ProfiMap 3.0 CD
Profibus/DP: A1SJ71PB92D, AJ71PB92D
Profibus/FMS: A1SJ71PB96F, AJ71PB96F
MAP3.0/Ethernet: AJ71M56EF2
English
ProfiCab is not included
CD ROM
128586
왎 MELSEC MX SCADA
MELSEC MX SCADA is a process visualisation system that can handle everything
from simple installations to complex production control systems. The software
package can administer up to 100000 obSoftware
Series
Language
Disk type
Order information
jects. A variety of interfaces are supported,
including ETHERNET. The software runs
under Windows 95 and Windows NT and is
available in a variety of different versions
geared to the objects to be handled.
Development version
All MELSEC PLC
English
CD ROM
Art. no. On request
Run-time version
All MELSEC PLC
English
CD ROM
DEMO version
All MELSEC PLC
English
CD ROM
On request
65135
왎 MELSEC MX Change
MELSEC MXChange is integrated in the
MELSOFT family as the “heart of automation”. The software package consists of a
Server and a Super Projekt Manager, other
automation programs can be connected
to. Since MXChange operates across a network, any variable once declared can be
used by all other systems connected to the
database.
Software
Language
Executable tags
Disk type
Order information
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MXChange Network
English
10.000
CD ROM
Art. no. 129639
Through this method following the principle “define once and use anywhere” the
development time can even be decreased
drastically.
The software runs under Windows 95 and
Windows NT.
Stand-alone
English
10.000
CD ROM
Stand-alone
English
500
CD ROM
129640
129641
93
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
PROGRAMMING
Software
Graphical Programming for Closed-loop Control Systems
AQ
왎 MELSEC IDR BLOK
BASICS
IDR-BLOK is a user-friendly development
tool for programming closed-loop applications using PLC technology. Configuring a
controlled system couldn’t be simpler –
you just assemble it graphically by placing
function blocks on the screen and the integrated compiler than generates the code
for the PLC. The open design means that
the user can intervene and change the
control parameters at any time with the
PLC program.
Software
CPU
Application
mit Co-Prozessor*
Max. used blocks per application
Language
Disk type
Order information
Additional function blocks for autotuning,
fuzzy logic and ATHC are available in combination with the run-time module IDR10F-ADU.
IDR-BLOK turns a sequential logic controller into a multi-loop controller. It is the
closed-loop programming software package for all AnSH/QnAS* controllers
(*QnAS only in combination with a
co-processor module).
The software runs under Windows 95/98
and Windows NT.
Full version
Compact version
AnSH (AnN)*
AnAS, QnAS (AnU, AnA, QnA)*
1.024
64
English
CD ROM
Art. no. 129666
129665
Demo version
16
on request
* For the AnN, AnU, AnA and QnA series the following accessories are required:
connection cable A1SC05NB (art.no. 24983) and extension base unit A1S52B-S1 (art.no. 39667).
왎 RUN-Time Products for IDR BLOK
IDR10F
0
1
2
WDT
A 1SD51S-IDR
1
2
3
5
6
7
RUN
STOP
RES.
CH1(RS-232-C)
8
9
A
B
E
SW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
C
D
CH1 SD
CH1 RD
CH2 SD
CH2 RD
CH3 SD
CH3 RD
M.PRO.
6
78 9 A
4
RUN
S.ERR.
PROG.
MTSE
P1.RUN
P1.ERR
P2.RUN
P2.ERR
BCDE
0
CH2(RS-232-C)
To use the IDR-BLOK software the hereafter
described run-time modules are necessary.
These modules are available as single
modules or within a bundle package.
The IDR function module IDR10F is an integrated necessary part of the run-time package. It provides supervisory functions for
the customer with digital output watch
dog alarm signals and protects the process
control against unexpected troubles.
The A1SD51S-IDR is a co-processor module
which is a standard MELSEC high-speed
communication module A1SD51S with a
preloaded IDR BLOK interpreter.
Specifications
IDR10F-STD
IDR10F-ADV
Shipping contents
1 x IDR10F-STD
1 x IDR10F-ADV
Function blocks
Max. 1024
Additional functions
—
Max. 1024
Fuzzy logic,
GAT, ATHC
—
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
IDR-BLOK 4.10
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
IDR bundle 2
IDR-BLOK software,
1 x IDR10F-ADV,
1 x A1SD51S-IDR
Max. 1024
Fuzzy logic,
GAT, ATHC
IDR-BLOK 4.10
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
129658
87511
on request
ON
Program features
F
FRONT
SIDE
CH3
TERMINATOR
R O R
S P S
'
E
'
4 N 4
8
2
5
2
A1SD51S-IDR
94
Software
Module dimensions
Order information
—
34.5 x 130 x 93.6
Art. no. 125359
IDR bundle 1
IDR-BLOK software,
1 x IDR10F-STD,
1 x A1SD51S-IDR
Max. 1024
—
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Software
PROGRAMMING
왎 Co-Processor Module SPAC20
MELSEC SPAC20
Y
X
SPAC 20
0
1
2
3
4
5
RUN
AQ
BASICS
FG
-
1
1
0V
+24 +A00
2
FG
D00 -A00
D01 +A01
3
RUN
STOP
RESET
0V
SV0
+AI0
-AI0
AG0
+DI0 SV1
-DI0 +AI1
+DI1 -AI1
-DI1 AG1
+DI2 SV2
+DI3 -AI2
-DI3 AG2
+DI4 SV3
-DI4 +AI3
+DI5 -AI3
-DI5 AG3
SPAC2 0
Specifications
Working environment
Processor
Memory
Peripheral communication
Number
Response time
Voltage
Digital
Nominal input current
inputs
Max. input voltage range
Frequency meters
Galvanic isolation
Number
Nominal current
Digital
outputs
Protection
Galvanic isolation
Number
Sampling rate
Resolution
Analog
Galvanic isolation
inputs
Voltage
Current
Optional Piggy back modules
Number
Refresh rate
Resolution
Analog
Galvanic isolation
outputs
Voltage
Current
Protection
From the back plane
Power
External
voltage
supply
Current
Programmable with
Order information
A
4
4
5
5
6
-A03
-DI2 +AI2
RS-232C
7
WDR OFF
NO BUS
W. START
NO I/O
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
D05
WD TIME
8
D04
8
0V
+24
SELECT
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
D03 +A03
6
-A01
D02 -A02
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
0V
+24 +A02
B
A
3
MB
2
+
WDT
BOOT
SD/RD
FROM/TO
BATT L
PS L
The SPAC20 is a co-processor module for special process applications and high-end process control. It is
the ideal supplementation for the IDR BLOK Software.
Furthermore self-developed control applications can
be realized with C programming language.
Special features:
앬 C programmed user’s tasks
앬 Communication with PLC processor via fast back
plane bus
앬 Real-time execution
앬 Special non-linear processes with fast FUZZY
controller
앬 Integrated fast digital and analog inputs and
outputs
앬 Stand-alone possibility
B
SPAC 20
MELSEC AnS/QnS or AnU/QnA* series PLCs or as stand alone device without CPU
40 MHz Texas Instruments TMS 320C32 DSP with floating point
2 MB RAM battery backed-up, 2 MB FLASH
RS232C, up to 56 Kbaud
6
< 20 µs in high-speed mode
24 V (OFF < 5V, ON > 12V)
7.7 mA
-24 V bis +40 V
4 digital inputs can be used as frequency meters (up to 20 kHz each)
Separate for each channel, no common
6
0.5 A
Short-circuit, thermal overload, reverse polarity
Between each pair of outputs and A-BUS
4
80 µs in fast mode, 160 µs in normal mode
16 bits
Between analog common and A-BUS
-10 V to +10 V DC
-20 mA to +20 mA
Pt-100/Pt-1000, R100/R1000 Ω, separate galvanic isolation 4–20 mA
4
80 µs in fast mode, 160 µs in normal mode
12 Bit + sign in voltage mode, 12 bit in current mode
Between analog common and A-BUS
±10 V DC
0/4 to 20 mA
Short-circuit in voltage mode
Approx. 0.4 A at 5 V DC
24 V DC (±20 %)
Approx. 15 mA for digital outputs; up to 200 mA for analog I/O board
IDR BLOK and/or TI “C” programming language
Art. no. on request
Accessory
Clamp type terminal blocks, Piggy back module Pt-100/Pt-1000 or R100/R1000 Ω, Piggy back module separate galvanic isolated analog input
channels 4–20 mA, IDR BLOK programming tool, TI development tools for “C” language programming
* Connection to the MELSEC AnU/QnA series is only possible via extension base unit A1S52B-S1
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
95
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Programming Unit – EPROM Writer – Cables
PROGRAMMING
왎 Hand-held Programming Unit A7PU
The hand-held programming unit A7PU is
used for the MELSEC A controllers.
The programming unit can be mounted
directly on the controller or connected by
a cable.
AQ
BASICS
ING
RAMM
PROG
UNIT
TES
T
MN
NS
E
WR
RD
B
D
TO
C
B
A
/
A
*
G
D
LD
C
LDI
8
NO
MC
F
SET
4
SFT
STP-
CL
STP+
SP
OUT
3
CJ
2
SFT
1
RST
0
SSN
Y
PLS
7
ORB
6
ANB
5
END
Z
P
R
MC B
OR
A
AND
9
MPS
X
W
W
BIN
V
OR
E
AND
D
MPP
R
½
P
BCD
U
T
S
D
MR
L
=
P
N
-
F
DEC
K
RET
J
I
O
V
MO
M
+
F
INC
K
H
Specifications
General specifications
Ambient temperature
Ambient relative humidity
(non-condensing)
Power supply
Current consumption
Display
Character display
Keyboard
Cable, is adjoined
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
PRM
T
Ô
U
A 7P
Programming takes the form of an instruction list.
The unit is suitable for minor program
changes directly on the machine.
T
CM
Oder information
A7PU
Conform to basic components of AnS/QnAS
0 – 40 °C
85 %
5 V DC (from PLC)
mA 300
LCD
16 x 2
54 keys
J1, to connect a standard cassette-player
kg 0.5
mm 188 x 79 x 44.5
Art. no. 3922
왎 A6WU EPROM Writer
The EPROM writer A6WU is used for transfering the PLC programs of the MELSEC AnS
controller to the EPROM memory cassette.
Conversely, existing programs on the
U
IT
R UN
ITE
WR
A 6W
OM
P-R
memory cassette can be written into the
CMOS RAM of the controller and program comparisons can be carried out.
RES
CLR
F
E
B
D
A
C
6
8
5
4
NEXT
7
9
3
P
DIS
PASS
GO
A6WU
2
1
0
T
CM
Order information
Art. no. 3921
왎 Connecting Cable
The cables AC30R4 and AC300CR4 are used
for connecting the hand-held programming
unit to the controller.
Specifications
AC 30R4
AC300CR4
Connecting device
A7PU
A7PU
A6WU
30
3
3928
15033
Length
Order information
96
The cable AC 30WU is used for connecting the EPROM writer.
m 3
Art. no. 3930
AC 30WU
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
Teaching Unit
PROGRAMMING
왎 Teaching Unit AD71TU
The AD71TU teaching unit is used for
setting parameters and entering position
data for the AD71 and AD72 positioning
modules.
Position parameters are read and written
via the handy unit’s integrated RS422
interface.
This unit is often used for on-site system
setup and commissioning.
An additional interface is provided for
the connection of a standard cassette
recorder for data storage.
AQ
BASICS
1TU
D7
Specifications
General specifications
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Power supply
Power consumption
Display type
Display format
Keypad
Cassette recorder cable
Programming software
Programming cable
Weight
Dimensions(WxHxD)
Order information
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
V
mA
kg
mm
AD71TU
Conforms to MELSEC A series basic components
0 – 40 °C
-20 °C – 50 °C
DC 5 (by positioning module)
0.3
LCD
16 characters x 2 lines
Membrane keypad, 30 keys
J1, for connection of a standard cassette recorder
SW0-AD71PE, art. no. 4191
AC30R4, art. no. 3930
0.45
79x188x23
Art. no. 4193
97
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
Company:
Factory-Automation / German Branch
Department: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gothaer Str. 8
Street:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-40880 Ratingen
Address:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phone:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fax:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fax: +49 2102 486-112
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order declaration
Pos.
Number
Item (type)
Article number
Description
Remarks
Notes when ordering:
When ordering, please use only the type designations and order numbers shown in this catalogue.
98
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
MELSEC AnS/QnAS
INDEX
Accessories
Adapter cable for extension base units . 79
Battery A6BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Connecting cable A32CBL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Connecting cable for programming unit 96
Dust cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
EPROM-/EEPROM memory cassettes. . . . 80
EPROM adapter units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
EPROM writer A6WU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Hand-held programming unitA7PU . . . . 96
Interface converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Memory cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Profibus connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System adapter set for MT series . . . . . . . 82
Teaching unit AD71TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Analog input/output modules
A1S62DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A1S62RD3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
A1S62RD4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
A1S63ADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
A1S64AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1S64TCRT-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
A1S64TCTT-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
A1S66ADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
A1S68AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1S68DAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A1S68DAV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
A1S68TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Base and extension units
A1S32B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S33B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S35B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S38B-E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S52B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S55B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S58B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S38HB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S65B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
A1S68B-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Communications modules
A1SJ51T64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
A1SJ61BT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
A1SJ61QBT11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
A1SJ71AP21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
A1SJ71AR21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
A1SJ71AS92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
A1SJ71AT21B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
A1SJ71BR11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
A1SJ71DN91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
A1SJ71E71-B2-S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
A1SJ71E71-B5-S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
A1SJ71LP21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
A1SJ71LP21GE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
A1SJ71PB92D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
A1SJ71PB96F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
A1SJ71QBR11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
A1SJ71QE71-B2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
A1SJ71QE71-B5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
A1SJ71QLP21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
A1SJ71QLP25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
A1SJ71QLR21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
A1SJ72QBR15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
A1SJ72T25B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
A7BDE-J71AP21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
A7BDE-J71AR21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
A70BDE-J71QBR13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A70BDE-J71QLP23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A70BDE-J71QLP23GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
A70BDE-J71QLR23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
A80BD(E)-J61BT13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
AJ55TB2-16R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
AJ55TB2-4R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
AJ55TB2-8R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
AJ55TB3-16D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
AJ55TB32-16DR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
AJ55TB32-4DR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
AJ55TB32-8DR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
AJ55TB3-4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
AJ55TB3-8D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
AJ65BT-62D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AJ65BT-62D-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AJ65BT-64AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
AJ65BT-64DAI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
AJ65BT-64DAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
AJ65BT-64RD3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
AJ65BT-64RD4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
AJ65BT-68TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
AJ65BTB1-16D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTB1-16DT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTB1-16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AJ65BTB2-16D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTB2-16R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AJ65BTC1-32D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
AJ65BTC1-32T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
AJ65BT-D62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
AJ65BT-D75P2-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
AJ65BT-R2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
AJ95TB2-16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
AJ95TB3-16D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
AJ95TB32-16DT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
MC-DPX16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MC-DPX8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MC-DPX8Y4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MC-DPY8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
MT-4AD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MT-4DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MT-4DAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
MT-DP12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
MT-DP12E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
MT-X16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MT-X4Y4T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MT-X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MT-Y16T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y4R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y8R5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y8T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
MT-Y8T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Counter modules
A1SD61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
A1SD62E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
CPU modules
A1SHCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A2SHCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A2SHCPU-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
A2ASCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A2ASCPU-S1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A2ASCPU-S30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A2ASCPU-S60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
A80BDE-A2USH-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Q2ASCPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Q2ASCPU-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Q2ASHCPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Q2ASHCPU-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
A1SX81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SY10EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY14EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY18AEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY28EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY68A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
A1SY81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Dummy modules
A1SG60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
A1SG62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Interface modules
A1SD51S(-BAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
A1SJ71C24-PRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A1SJ71QC24-R2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A1SJ71QC24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A1SJ71UC24-R2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A1SJ71UC24-R4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
A1SJ71UC24-R2-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
A1SJ71UC24-R4-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Network descriptions
ASI-Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
CC-Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
DeviceNet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
ETHERNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MELSECNET/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
MELSECNET/10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
MELSECNET (II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
MELSEC I/O-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
PROFIBUS/DP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Positioning modules
A1SD70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
A1SD71-S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A1SD75P1-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A1SD75P2-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
A1SD75P3-S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Pulse catch and interrupt modules
A1SP60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
A1SI61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Power supply modules
A1S61PN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A1S62PN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A1S63P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Software
MELSEC IDR BLOK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MELSEC MEDOC GPP/WIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
MELSEC MEDOC plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
MELSEC MX Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
MELSEC MX SCADA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MELSEC ProfiMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Timer module
A1ST60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Digital input/output modules
A1SX10EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SX20EU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SX80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
A1SX80-S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
99
HEADQUARTERS
EUROPAN REPRESENTATIVES
EUROPAN REPRESENTATIVES
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
EUROPE
EUROPE B.V.
German Branch
Gothaer Straße 8
D-40880 Ratingen
Phone: +49 (0) 21 02 / 486-0
Fax: +49 (0) 21 02 / 4 86-1 12
E mail: megfamail@meg.mee.com
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
ITALY
EUROPE B.V.
ITALIAN BRANCH
Via Paracelso 12
I-20041 Agrate Brianza (MI)
Phone: +39 039 6053 1
Fax: +39 039 6053 312
E mail: industrial@it.mee.com
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
SPAIN
EUROPE B.V.
SPANISH BRANCH
Calle Joan Buscallá, 2–4
E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés
Phone: +34 (9) 3 / 565 31 60
Fax: +34 (9) 3 / 589 15 79
E mail: industrial@sp.mee.com
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
UK
EUROPE B.V.
UK Branch
Travellers Lane
GB-Hatfield Herts. AL10 8 XB
Phone: +44 (0) 1707 / 27 61 00
Fax: +44 (0) 1707 / 27 86 95
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
JAPAN
CORPORATION
Mitsubishi Denki Bldg.
2-2-3 Marunouchi
Tokyo 100-8310
Phone: +81 (0) 3 / 32 18 31 76
Fax: +81 (0) 3 / 32 18 24 22
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
USA
AUTOMATION
500 Corporate Woods Parkway
Vernon Hills, IL 60061
Phone: +1 847 / 478 21 00
Fax: +1 847 / 478 22 83
GEVA GmbH
AUSTRIA
Wiener Straße 89
A-2500 Baden
Phone: +43 (0) 2252 / 85 55 20
Fax: +43 (0) 2252 / 488 60
E mail: office@geva.co.at
GETRONICS NV/SA
BELGIUM
Pontbeeklaan 43
B-1731 Zellik
Phone: +32 (0) 2 / 467 17 51
Fax: +32 (0) 2 / 467 17 45
INEA CR d.o.o.
CROATIA
Drvinje bb
HR-10000 Zagreb
Phone: +385 (0) 1 / 366 71 40
Fax: +385 (0) 1 / 366 71 40
AUTOCONT s.r.o.
CZECHIA
Nemocnicni 12
CZ-70100 Ostrava 1
Phone: +420 (0) 69 / 615 21 11
Fax: +420 (0) 69 / 615 21 12
Louis Poulsen
DENMARK
Geminivej 32
DK-2670 Greve
Phone: +45 (0) 43 / 95 95 95
Fax: +45 (0) 43 / 95 95 90
E mail: elpefa@elpefa.dk
UTU ELEKTROTEHNIKA AS
ESTONIA
P.O. Box 4180
EE-0090 Tallinn
Phone: +372 6 / 56 31 94
Fax: +372 6 / 56 38 36
E mail: utu@uninet.ee
Beijer Electronics OY
FINLAND
Elannontie 5
FIN-01510 Vantaa
Phone: +358 (0) 9 / 615 20 11
Fax: +358 (0) 9 / 615 20 500
E mail: info@elc.beijer.fi
IP Systèmes
FRANCE
8, Rue Du Colonel Chambonnet
F-69672 Lyon Bron Cedex
Phone: +33 (0) 4 / 72 14 18 00
Fax: +33 (0) 4 / 72 14 18 01
E mail: info@ip-systemes.fr
SANDSOFT
HUNGARY
5 Röppentyü Köz
H-1139 Budapest
Phone: +36 (0) 1 / 375 38 98
Fax: +36 (0) 1/ 3 75 06 88
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
IRELAND
EUROPE B.V.
Westgate Business Park, Ballymount
IRL-Dublin 24
Phone: +353 (0) 1 / 419 88 00
Fax: +353 (0) 1 / 419 88 90
CARPANETO & C. S.p.A.
ITALY
Via Ferrero 10
I-10090 Cascine Vica-Rivoli (TO)
Phone: +39 011 / 959 01 11
Fax: +39 011 / 959 02 50
E mail: info.carpaneto@carpaneto.it
Getronics bv
NETHERLANDS
Industrial Automation
Donauweg 10
NL-1043 AJ-Amsterdam
Phone: +31 (0) 20 / 586 15 92
Fax: +31 (0) 20 / 586 19 27
E mail: info.algemeen@getronics.nl
Beijer Electronics AS
NORWAY
Teglverksveien 1
N-3002 Drammen
Phone: +47 (0) 32 / 24 30 00
Fax: +47 (0) 32 / 84 85 77
E mail: info@elc.beijer.no
MPL Technology Sp. z.o.o
POLAND
ul. Wrocławska 53
PL-30011 Kraków
Phone: +48 (0) 12 / 632 28 85
Fax: +48 (0) 12 / 632 47 82
E mail: mpl@krakow.ipl.net
F. Fonseca Lda
PORTUGAL
Estrada de Taboeira 87/89, Esgueira
P-3800 Aveiro
Phone: +351 (0) 34 / 31 58 00
Fax: +351 (0) 34 / 31 58 04
E mail: amartins@ffonseca.com
TUINGDOR
ROMANIA
20, Fierarilor Street
RO-72126 Bucaresti
Phone: +40 (0) 1 / 211 98 01
Fax: +40 (0) 1 / 210 71 81
E mail: tuingdor@pcnet.ro
INEA d.o.o.
SLOVENIA
Ljubljanska 80
SI-1230 Domžale
Phone: +386 (0) 1 / 721 80 00
Fax: +386 (0) 1 / 724 16 72
E mail: zoran.marinsek@inea.si
Medición y Control, S.A.
SPAIN
Gr. Via d. l. Corts Catalanes 133, 4
E-08014 Barcelona
Phone: +34 (9) 3 / 422 77 00
Fax: +34 (9) 3 / 432 28 47
E mail: admin@mecco.org
Beijer Electronics AB
SWEDEN
Box 325
S-20123 Malmö
Phone: +46 (0) 40 / 35 86 00
Fax: +46 (0) 40 / 93 23 01
E mail: info@elc.beijer.se
ECONOTEC AG
SWITZERLAND
Postfach 282
CH-8309 Nürensdorf
Phone: +41 (0) 1 / 838 48 11
Fax: +41 (0) 1 / 838 48 12
E mail: info@econotec.ch
GTS
TURKEY
Fahri Gizden Sokak,
Hacaloglu Apt. No. 22/6
TR-80280 Gayrettepe/Istanbul
Phone: +90 (0) 212 / 267 40 11
Fax: +90 (0) 212 / 266 14 50
E mail: gts@turk.net
Specifications subject to change.
Art.-no. 59085-G, Printed in Germany 03/00
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V.
MIDDLE EAST
REPRESENTATIVES
TEXEL Electronics Ltd.
ISRAEL
PO Box 6272
IL-Netanya 42160
Phone: +972 (0) 9 / 863 08 94
Fax: +972 (0) 9 / 885 24 30
E mail: texel_me@netvsion.net.il
EURASIAN
REPRESENTATIVE
JV-CSC Automation
UKRAINE
Borisoglebskya St. 11
U-254070 Kiev
Phone: +380 (4) 4 / 416 42 02
Fax: +380 (4) 4 / 463 63 93
E mail: csc-a@carrier.ki
FACTORY AUTOMATION
Gothaer Strasse 8 Phone: +49 2102 486-0
Fax: +49 2102 486-717
www.mitsubishi-automation.de megfamail@meg.mee.com
D-40880 Ratingen Hotline: +49 2102 1805 000-765 /-766 Faxback: +49 2102 486-485 /-790 www.mitsubishi-automation.com